Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Gold / Serabi Gold plc

Serabi Gold plc

srb · TSX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker srb
Exchange TSX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Gold
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Serabi Gold plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Serabi Gold plc 
Annual Report 
2022 

COMPANY NUMBER – 5131528 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are Serabi Gold plc: 
A leading developer of gold 
production in Brazil 

We are a gold exploration and production company involved in the 
evaluation and development of gold deposits in Brazil.  The Group’s 
primary interests are its 100 per cent owned Palito Complex and the 
Coringa gold project where initial mine development commenced 
during 2021 leading to initial gold production commencing in July 
2022.  Both interests are located in the Tapajos region of Brazil. 

With little past systematic exploration undertaken in the region, the Tapajos presents a 
unique and exciting opportunity.  Reportedly up to 30 million ounces of gold has been 
recovered by artisanal operations, and with only 7 million ounces of hard rock 
resources identified to date, there is excellent scope for significant new gold discoveries 
to be made 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEY FIGURES 

Revenue 
$58.7 million 

Gold Production 
31,819 ounces 

Cash Flow from Operations 
$1.9 million 

Average Grade processed 
6.14 g/t 

Cash Held at 31 December 2022 
$7.2 million 

Bank Borrowings at 31 December 2022 
$5.0 million 

Cash Costs per Ounce 
$1,322  

AISC per Ounce 
$1,615 

Contents 
Inside this report 

STRATEGIC REPORT 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Key Figures and Contents 

Chair’s Statement 

Chief Executive Officer’s Review 

Mineral Reserves and Resources 

2 

4 

5 

8 

Board of Directors 

41 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

Governance Report 

43 

Group Statement of Comprehensive 
Income 

Audit Commi=ee Report 

51  Group Balance Sheet 

Remuneration Commi=ee Report  

57  Company Balance Sheet 

Strategy and Business Model 

11 

Sustainability Commi=ee 

Stakeholder Engagement 

14  Directors’ Report 

Section 172 Statement 

Chief Financial Officer‘s Review 

Going Concern and Longer-Term 
Prospects 

Risks and Controls 

Environmental and Social  

17 

19 

23 

25 

33 

71 

72 

Group Statement of Changes in 
Equity 
Company Statement of Changes in 
Equity 
Group and Company Cash Flow 
Statements 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

Glossary 

Corporate Information and Advisers 

77 

82 

83 

84 

85 

86 

87 

88 

131 

133 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report 

Strategic Report 

Contents 

Chair’s Statement 
4 
5 
Chief Executive Officer’s Review 
8  Mineral Reserves and Resources 
11  Strategy and Business Model 
14  Stakeholder Engagement 
17  Section 172 Statement 
19  Chief Financial Officer‘s Review 
23  Going Concern and Longer-Term Prospects 
25  Risks and Controls 
33  Environmental and Social  

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report 
Chair’s Statement 

Dear Shareholders 

I am very pleased to introduce this Annual Report, the first since I took on the role of Chair of Serabi in August 2022.  These first 
nine months have served to reinforce my belief in Serabi’s potential to deliver strong growth for its shareholders.  We have seen 
initial  gold production being generated from the Coringa mine as development of this mine continues.  Gold production from 
Coringa was more than 2,000 ounces during the first quarter of 2023 and the grades being mined and the continuity of these high-
grade areas have, so far, exceeded our expectations.  This bodes well for the future, and we remain hopeful that the completion 
of the licencing process later this year will provide the opportunity to secure financing and allow the Group to develop Coringa 
to its full potential. 

The indigenous impact report (“ECI”) that has been undertaken on behalf of the Group in relation to Coringa, was finalised at the 
end of April 2023, and is now being reviewed by the indigenous communities and will then be passed to FUNAI, the government 
agency responsible for the Brazilian indigenous people, for their final approval.  We expect that these approvals will unlock the 
delay in the award of the Installation Licence by SEMAS, the state environmental authority.  In the meantime, we are separately 
progressing the renewal of the existing trial mining licence (“GUIA”) under which the current mining activities are authorised, to 
ensure that mine development and ore production can continue.  With the ECI completed and therefore the requirement of the 
Brazilian court order satisfied, we believe the legal departments of SEMAS and the ANM will not be restricted in their ability to 
issue new licences for the project. 

After  a  difficult  start  to  2022,  it  was  pleasing  to  see  that  management  were  able  to  deliver  on  and  in  fact  exceed  the  revised 
production guidance for 2022.  The Palito deposit continues to grow, and it seems that every month the geological team identifies 
a new vein either through mine development or from underground drilling for mine planning purposes.  From the information 
available to us today, we anticipate that the Palito deposit will continue to be able to successfully produce in the region of 30,000 
ounces per annum potentially for many years to come, as the ore body remains open at depth and along strike.  The ability to start 
gold production from Coringa so early in its development has helped offset the ongoing mining and development costs and will 
help take up some of the shortfall in production that will arise from the plan to focus on growing the mineable resource at Sao 
Chico over the next twelve to eighteen months, during which time the mining activities at Sao Chico will be suspended.   

The strategy to initially install only a crushing plant and ore sorter at Coringa, and trucking the upgraded ore for processing at 
Palito,  will  significantly  reduce  the  upfront  capital  requirements for  the  project.  We  have  all  become  aware  of  significant  cost 
inflation affecting all industry sectors over the past two years, and this provides a solution with a much reduced financial and 
operational risk compared with building a full-scale process plant from the outset.  We want to retain the optionality to construct 
a full plant in the future, but this strategy will nonetheless allow the Group’s gold production to expand to approximately 60,000 
ounces over the next couple of years as output from Coringa grows.  Depending on how further evaluation of Sao Chico and 
Coringa develops during this time, an optimised decision can be made and, with an expanded production base and therefore cash 
flow, this should make financing of any new plant easier. 

Whilst I and the rest of your Board will continue to work closely with management on the operational and financial aspects of the 
business, I will also be focussed on enhancing some other aspects and in particular to ensure that the Board is closely monitoring 
the Group’s Health and Safety obligations and also improving its level of ESG reporting and seeking to ensure that it is meeting 
best practice.  Increasingly we are seeing institutional investors adopting stricter mandates for their qualifying investments and 
we  need  to  ensure  that  Serabi  continues  to  attract  the  widest  possible  investor  audience.    We  have  recently  established  a 
Sustainability Committee and its scope is summarised later in this Annual Report.  It will investigate ways in which the Group 
can  improve  its  environmental  performance,  monitor our  tailings  dam  exposure  and  our  commitments  to  local  communities.  
Serabi is already in the lower half for gold producers for greenhouse gas emissions and reduced its CO2 levels per gold ounce by 
10%  between  2021  and  2022.    However,  we  will  look  at  ways  in  which  we  can  continue  to  improve,  in  particular  given  the 
sensitivities that we face in operating in this part of Brazil. 

I am aware that the last couple of years have been challenging for Serabi and it has faced some difficult headwinds in being able 
to move forward with the development of Coringa.  Whilst I have no doubt regarding the challenges ahead, I do believe that there 
are many reasons to have optimism for the future.  I would like to convey my thanks to my predecessor, Nicolas Bañados, for his 
work in helping to guide Serabi through this period and leaving the Group in a position where it is now able to capitalise on the 
opportunities that are presented.  I hope that over the coming months I will have the opportunity to meet in person with some of 
our shareholders and look forward to sharing the challenges and rewards that the next 12 months present. 

Michael D Lynch-Bell 
Chair 
2 May 2023 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report 
Chief Executive Officer’s Review 

2022 has been a transformational year for Serabi.  Production at the Palito Complex was stabilised following issues arising 
because of the COVID-19 pandemic, development of the Coringa project continued to progress with excellent results and first 
gold produced in July 2022 and three successful discovery holes drilled into the previously untested Matilda target, identified 
a very exciting copper-molybdenum-gold porphyry discovery.  

Serabi’s continued success is dependent on our loyal workforce and positive relationships with the communities within which 
we operate.  The health and safety of our employees remains our top priority and I am delighted that the training and initiatives 
we have put in place continue to deliver positive results.  Many of our employees come from the communities neighbouring our 
operations with 70% resident in the State of Para.  Additionally, we procured 45% of goods and services from the State of Para, 
further benefitting the local community.  With the small footprint of our high-grade underground mines, we minimise our impact 
on  the  environment.    Our  greenhouse  gas  emissions,  at  0.37  tCO2e/Au  oz,  are  in  the  lower  quartile  for  gold  producers  and 
initiatives such as the use of ore sorting, reduce the volume of tailings we produce.  We continue to monitor biodiversity within 
our operating sites and protect primary rainforest in areas under our control. 

During 2023 we will continue to work on our social and environmental programmes alongside our planned production growth 
with the objective of delivering value for all our stakeholders. 

Production Results 2022  

Gold production for 2022 of 31,819 ounces, ahead of revised guidance.   

The Palito mine continued to perform extremely well, contributing significantly to the Group’s gold production and later in the 
year first gold was produced from Coringa with ore being trucked and processed through the Palito process plant.  During 2023 
we expect Coringa to continue to supplement the ore produced  from Palito and keep that process plant utilised to  the fullest 
extent.  The gold production from Coringa did to some extent offset the production issues encountered at the São Chico orebody, 
which resulted in the reduction in production guidance announced during the first quarter of 2022 

Production from  the  Palito  orebody continued  to  be  predominately from  the  Chico  da Santa  sector  where  exceptional grades 
were, and continue to be, encountered.  Combined with opening-up of additional production areas, the grade and continuity of 
the orebody facilitated an increase in production, in part also offsetting the shortfall from São Chico.   

Targeted at  growing  the  Group’s mineral resource  inventory,  extending mine  life  and  allowing  the  establishment of  a  robust 
longer term mine plan, an extensive underground exploration drilling programme was embarked on during 2022.  Over 17,000 
metres of drilling was completed, much of this  being within the Palito  orebody, the results of which have  further  extended a 
number of key sectors.  Large step-outs have been tested on the veins of Chico de Santa, G3 Central, G3 North and Senna at depth. 

The issues encountered at São Chico resulted from a number of factors, compounded by the challenges of operating during the 
COVID-19 pandemic. The focus of production at São Chico was on the Julia Vein with mechanised long hole open stoping, the 
methodology used successfully in the Main Vein at São Chico, being employed.  However, dilution was significantly higher than 
anticipated due  to the presence  of extensive faults and intrusive dykes, not seen elsewhere at São Chico, which disrupted the 
orebody. These faults and intrusive dykes frequently cross-cut the orebody and are therefore parallel to the drilling direction and 
so not identified from drilling. In  addition, with significant mine  development which we had to curtail  during the COVID-19 
pandemic,  there  was  insufficient  flexibility  within  the  mine  plan  to  begin  mining  in  other  sectors  of  São  Chico.    The  mining 
methodology  was  immediately  changed  to  shrinkage  stoping  which  is  successfully  used  at  Palito  and,  being  more  selective, 
reduces  dilution.    During  the  remainder of  the  year  and  with  the prospect of  higher grade  production from  Coringa, mining 
activity  has  been  steadily  reduced  with  mining  crews  and  equipment  being  moved  to  Coringa  to  assist  with  the  initial 
underground mine development and the focus at São Chico was on mining defined blocks from the existing development.  In-fill 
and  step-out  drilling  at  São  Chico  will  be  undertaken  to  improve  the  confidence  across  a  number  of  sectors  prior  to  further 
development activity. 

The  development of the Coringa mine, which began in  the second half of 2021, made  excellent progress during 2022 with  the 
ramp being extended to the 290mRL and total development reaching 1,791 metres with more than 1,000 meters being in ore.  The 
continuity of the Coringa orebody exceeded expectations and made resue mining, also known as split blasting, possible whereby 
ore  and  waste  in  the  ore  drives  are  separately  blasted  and  removed  reducing  dilution  within  development  ore.    High  grade 
development ore from Coringa was trucked to the Palito processing plant during the year and with development now on three 
levels, stoping will begin in 2023 generating increasing volumes of high grade ore for trucking to Palito.  Coringa ore was also 
tested through the Palito ore sorter, which confirmed its amenability to optical sorting.  The results have been so positive, with 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report 
Chief Executive Officer’s Review 

batch samples delivering a three-fold increase in grade within  a third of the  mass and with very minimal  gold losses, that  the 
decision was  made to  amend the Coringa processing flow  sheet and incorporate an ore sorter  at the front end.   With trucking 
costs remaining highly competitive, the initial development plan for Coringa is to install a crusher and ore sorter and continue 
trucking  upgraded  ore  to  Palito  for  further  processing.    This  has  the  advantages  of  significantly  reducing  the  initial  capital 
expenditure and consolidating all gold production and tailings at a single site, whilst at the same time maintaining the original 
Coringa production ramp-up.  The amenability of the Coringa ore to upgrading through the ore sorter was a further factor in the 
decision to reduce activity at São Chico where the ore is not amenable to ore sorting.  Management estimates that the Palito plant 
has  sufficient  capacity  to  process  upgraded  ore  from  Coringa  and  Palito  and  generate  up  to  65,000  ounces  per  year.    With 
exploration  success  or  a  restart  at  São  Chico,  a  modest  plant  expansion,  such  as  installing  additional  milling  capacity,  could 
support a further production increase. Alternatively, the full plant could be built at Coringa, freeing up space in the Palito plant.  

While the final permit for the full development of Coringa has been delayed, progress continues to be made.  Following the appeal 
by  the  Public  Prosecutor  in  Para  state  (as  previously  announced  on  9  December  2021  and  23  August  2022),  the  additional 
indigenous study requested by the authorities has now been completed and submitted to the authorities for review.  Support and 
co-operation from the indigenous communities throughout this process has been very positive.   This additional study had not 
initially  been  requested  or  required  as  part  of  the  application  process  and  would  normally  have  formed  part  of  the  studies 
required in advance of the successful public hearing which took place in February 2021.  Management considers that as the report 
concluded that there were no significant implications of the Coringa project for the indigenous communities, the acceptance by 
the authorities of the findings of this study remains the final impediment to the award of the Installation Licence (“LI”) required 
for the construction of a full processing plant.  It is therefore hoped that this LI will be awarded during the middle of 2023. 

SUMMARY PRODUCTION STATISTICS FOR 2022 AND 2021 

Qtr 1 

Qtr 2 

Qtr 3 

Qtr 4 

2022 

2022 

2022 

2022 

Full 
Year 

2022 

Qtr 1 

Qtr 2 

Qtr 3 

Qtr 4 

2021 

2021 

2021 

2021 

Full 
Year 

2021 

Group 

Gold production (1)(2) 

Mined ore 

Ounces 

Tonnes 

7,062 

8,418 

8,542 

7,798 

31,819 

8,087 

9,048 

9,035 

7,678 

33,848 

40,606 

44,008 

46,863 

42,264 

173,741 

40,371 

43,051 

42,240 

44,599 

170,261 

Gold grade (g/t) 

5.95 

6.26 

6.22 

6.01 

6.12 

6.27 

7.12 

7.18 

5.81 

6.59 

Milled ore 

Tonnes 

41,357 

43,488 

44,867 

42,692 

172,404 

41,462 

43,679 

41,995 

43,663 

170,799 

Gold grade (g/t) 

5.72 

6.43 

6.34 

6.05 

6.14 

6.27 

7.09 

7.20 

5.90 

6.61 

Palito Complex 

Gold production (1)(2) 

Mined ore 

Ounces 

Tonnes 

7,062 

8,418 

7,972 

7,355 

30,807 

8,087 

9,048 

9,035 

7,678 

33,848 

40,606 

44,008 

43,180 

38,293 

166,087 

40,371 

43,051 

42,240 

44,599 

170,261 

Gold grade (g/t) 

5.84 

6.26 

6.28 

6.20 

6.15 

6.27 

7.12 

7.18 

5.81 

6.59 

Milled ore 

Tonnes 

41,357 

43,488 

42,257 

39,573 

166,675 

41,462 

43,679 

41,995 

43,663 

170,799 

Gold grade (g/t) 

5.72 

6.43 

6.30 

6.17 

6.16 

6.27 

7.09 

7.20 

5.90 

6.61 

Horizontal development 

Metres 

2,938 

3,353 

2,458 

2,245 

10,994 

3,573 

2,961 

2,842 

3,318 

12,694 

Coringa 

Gold production (1)(2) 

Mined ore 

Ounces 

Tonnes 

570 

443 

1,013 

3,683 

3,971 

7,654 

Gold grade (g/t) 

5.46 

4.15 

4.78 

Milled ore 

Tonnes 

Gold grade (g/t) 

Horizontal development 

Metres 

212 

302 

2,610 

3,119 

5,729 

7.00 

632 

4.58 

645 

5.68 

1,791 

Exploration 

The  Group  has  enjoyed  significant  success,  during  2022,  extending  the  Palito  orebody  laterally,  on  strike  and  at  depth.    An 
independent 43-101  technical report has been  commissioned to provide an updated mineral reserve and resource  estimate  for 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report 
Chief Executive Officer’s Review 

Palito and São Chico, together the Palito Complex.  The technical report and revised mineral reserve and resource estimate are 
expected to be issued during the second quarter of 2023. 

Following a number of years of regional exploration across the Palito Complex tenement package, including extensive mapping 
and  geophysical and geochemical surveys, a number of high  priority targets have been identified.  These include the Matilda 
prospect, a four kilometre by four kilometre geochemical anomaly with a two kilometre by two kilometre Au-Cu-Mo-W core and 
a coincident area of anomalous high magnetic susceptibility.  The prospect was drilled during 2022 confirming the discovery of a 
Cu-Au-Mo porphyry system with anomalous mineralisation encountered along the entire length of each of the three holes (more 
than 200 metres for each hole) with average grades of each hole over 0.2% copper equivalent.  The Group engaged a number of 
experienced independent porphyry experts to assist with  analysing the  results of  the first three drill holes and  developing  the 
subsequent phase of exploration. Given the scale of the target and success of the initial three drill holes, Matilda represents an 
extremely exciting prospect.  Further, Matilda represents one of five compelling, zoned multi-element, soil geochemical anomalies 
defined by the exploration team in recent years.  Follow-up exploration at Matilda and the other high priority targets is planned 
for 2023 with drill rigs arriving on site during April 2023 and activity starting before the end of that month. 

The lower than initially planned level of gold production for 2022, impacted on the cash flow generation for the year and with 
the desire to prioritise spending on growing the production mineral resources, other significant regional exploration activity that 
had originally been planned for 2022 was deferred. 

I would like to convey my thanks to all of Serabi’s staff for all their efforts and dedication over the past year.  We regularly receive 
visitors  to  our  operations,  including  other  mining  companies  and  broker’s  analysts,  who  have  all  been  very  complementary 
regarding the professionalism and unity of the team.  It is that collective effort which will help the Group achieve its goals going 
forward. 

Michael Hodgson 
Chief Executive 
2 May 2023 

7 

 
 
 
 
Strategic Report 
Mineral Reserves and Resources 

The  Group  completes  in-house mineral  resource and  reserve  estimates  on a  regular basis and  discloses mineral  reserves  and 
resources using the definitions adopted by the Canadian Institute of Mining, Metallurgy and Petroleum, and in accordance with 
NI 43-101.  The scientific and technical information pertaining to the Palito and São Chico gold deposits has been reviewed and 
approved by Michael Hodgson BSc, MSc FIMMM, who is a qualified  person under National Instrument 43-101 – Standards of 
Disclosure for Mineral Projects ("NI 43-101") and who has acted as the qualified person under the AIM Rules (“Qualified Person”).  
The Qualified Person has verified the information disclosed herein, including the sampling, preparation, security and analytical 
procedures underlying the information or opinions contained in this announcement in accordance with standards appropriate to 
their qualifications. 

Whilst the Group  takes all  reasonable care in  the preparation and  verification  of the mineral  reserve  and resource figures, the 
figures are estimates based in part on forward-looking information. 

Estimates are based on management’s knowledge, mining experience, analysis of drilling results, the quality of available data and 
management’s best judgement. They are, however, imprecise by nature, may change over time, and include many variables and 
assumptions including geological interpretation, commodity prices and currency exchange rates, recovery rates, and operating 
and capital costs.   

There  is no assurance that the indicated levels  of metal will be produced, and the Group may have to re-estimate the mineral 
reserves based  on  actual  production  experience.  Changes  in  the  metal  price,  production  costs  or  recovery  rates could  make  it 
unprofitable to operate or develop a particular deposit for a period of time. 

The most recent estimate was completed effective of 31 December 2021 and is summarised below.  The mineral resource estimate 
for  the  Palito  Mine considers  all  available core  drilling,  underground chip  sampling  and  other  geological  sampling  by  Serabi 
generated during the period mid-2002 to December 2021. For the São Chico Mine, the mineral resource estimate, also prepared by 
Serabi, considers core drilling chip sampling and other sampling by Serabi and previous operators during the period September 
2011 to December 2021. 

A  new  estimate  effective  as  of  31  December  2022  of  the  mineral  resources  and  mineral  reserves  of  the  Palito  and  São  Chcio 
orebodies is being prepared and will be included in an independent third party technical report to be produced, in compliance 
with  Canadian  National  Instrument  43-101,  during  2023.    There  has  been  no  additional  exploration  work  undertaken  on  the 
Coringa orebodies since June 2019, the effective date of the last mineral resource estimation and no new estimate will be made as 
part of the 2023 independent third party technical report. 

The  Mineral  Resource  Statements  presented  herein  were  prepared  in  house  by  Serabi’s  mining  planning  and  mine  geology 
personnel and audited by Mr Michael Hodgson CEO of Serabi Gold plc, who is a Qualified Person under NI 43-101. 

Table 1- Mineral Resource Statement, Palito Mine, Para State, Brazil, as of 31 December 2021 

Classification 

Measured 

Indicated 

Measured and Indicated 

Inferred 

Quantity  
(t) 

 39,203  

 1,093,178  

 1,132,380  

 882,083  

Grade Au  
(g/t) 

 6.63  

 5.22  

 5.27  

 5.00  

Contained 
Metal Au  
(oz) 

 8,360  

 183,594  

 191,954  

 141,798  

During 2022, Serabi mined 116,301 tonnes of mineral resources at an average grade of 6.75g/t from the Palito orebody.  Management estimates 
that new mineral resources identified by the underground drilling programme completed during 2022 will have more than offset this depletion 
from production of the mineral resource. 

Notes to Table 1:       

  Mineral Resources are not Mineral Reserves and have not demonstrated economic viability.  
  Mineral Resources are reported inclusive of Mineral Reserves.  
 
  Mineral Resources are reported within classification domains inclusive of in situ dilution at cut-off grade of 3.10 g/t gold assuming an underground 

Figures are rounded to reflect the relative accuracy of the estimates.  

 
 

extraction scenario, a gold price of US$1,500/oz, a 5.0:1 Brazilian Real to U.S. Dollar exchange rate and metallurgical recovery of 91%.  
Polygonal techniques were used for Resources estimates. 
Serabi is the operator and owns 100% of the Palito Mine such that gross and net attributable mineral resources are the same. The mineral resource 
estimate was prepared by the Group in accordance with the standard of CIM and NI 43-101, with an effective date of 31 December 2021, and audited 
and approved by Mr. Michael Hodgson, CEO of Serabi Gold plc, who is a Qualified Person under NI 43-101. 

8 

 
 
 
 
Strategic Report 
Mineral Reserves and Resources 

Table 2- Mineral Resource Statement, São Chico Mine, Para State, Brazil, as of 31 December 2021 

Classification 

Measured 

Indicated 

Measured and Indicated 

Inferred 

Quantity  
(t) 

Grade Au  
(g/t) 

 9,620  

 360,513  

 370,132  

 547,581  

 8.38  

 5.00  

 5.09  

 4.55  

Contained 
Metal Au  
(oz) 

 2,590  

 57,950  

 60,540  

 80,131  

During 2022, Serabi mined 47,205 tonnes of mineral resources at an average grade of 4.67g/t from the São Chico orebody.  Management also 
estimates that infill drilling at depth on the Main Vein and considering the effects of intrusive dykes that were encountered on the Julia Vein 
have together combined to reduce the mineral resources at São Chico.  Management estimates that the mineral resource set out above may have 
been reduced by a further 60,000 and 65,000 ounces. 

Notes to Table 2 

•  Mineral Resources are not Mineral Reserves and have not demonstrated economic viability.  
•  Mineral Resources are reported inclusive of Mineral Reserves.  
•  Figures are rounded to reflect the relative accuracy of the estimates.  
•  Mineral Resources are reported within classification domains inclusive of in situ dilution at a cut-off grade of 2.85 g/t gold assuming an underground 

extraction scenario, a gold price of US$1,500/oz, a 5.0:1 Brazilian Real to US Dollar exchange rate and metallurgical recovery of 95%. 

•  Polygonal techniques were used for Resources estimates. 
•  Serabi is the operator and owns 100% of the Palito Mine such that gross and net attributable mineral resources are the same. The mineral resource 
estimate was prepared by the Group in accordance with the standard of CIM and NI 43-101, with an effective date of 31 December 2021, and audited 
and approved by Mr Michael Hodgson, CEO of Serabi Gold plc, who is a Qualified Person under NI 43-101. 

The above estimation was made prior to the issues relating to the Julia Vein being understood. Of the total mineral resource of 
141,000 ounces approximately 27,000 ounces related to the Julia Vein of which 6,700 ounces were classified as reserves and had 
been expected to be mined during 2022.  The Group expects that the remaining mineral resource estimated for the Julia Vein, will 
continue to be available to be mined using selective mining techniques.  The Group engaged an independent consultant to support 
management’s opinion that the geological setting of Julia was confined only to this part of the São Chico deposit.  The consultant 
also reported that in his opinion the effect on the mineral resource estimation for São Chico was less than 10%. 

The  Mineral  Reserve  Statements  presented  herein  were  prepared  in  house  by  Serabi’s  mining  planning  and  mine  geology 
personnel and audited by Mr Michael Hodgson CEO of Serabi Gold plc, who is a Qualified Person under NI 43-101, based on the 
Measured and Indicated mineral resource estimates presented herein. 

Mineral resources are converted to mineral reserves using the assumptions, parameters and methods discussed elsewhere in this 
report and using  a methodology consistent with  that used for the preparation of the Palito Mining Complex Technical Report.  
Proven mineral  reserves  are  reported  within  the  Measured classification  domain,  and Probable mineral  reserves  are  reported 
within the Indicated classification domain.  

Table 3- Mineral Reserve Statement, Palito Mine, Para State, Brazil, as of 31 December 2021 

Classification 

Proven 

Probable 

Total Reserves 

Quantity  
(t) 

Grade Au  
(g/t) 

Contained 
Metal Au  
(oz) 

          43,123  

               6.03  

            8,360  

        208,411  

               7.43  

          49,796  

        251,534  

               7.19  

          58,156  

During 2022, Serabi mined 116,301 tonnes of mineral resources at an average grade of 6.75g/t from the Palito orebody.  Management estimates 
that new mineral resources identified by the underground drilling programme completed during 2022 will have more than offset this depletion 
from production of the mineral resource. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report 
Mineral Reserves and Resources 

Notes to Table 3 

•  Mineral Reserves have been rounded to reflect the relative accuracy of the estimates. Proven underground Mineral Reserves are reported within the 
Measured classification domain, and Probable underground Mineral Reserves are reported within the Indicated classification domain. Proven and 
Probable underground Mineral Reserves are inclusive of external mining dilution and mining loss and are reported at a cut-off grade of 3.70 g/t gold 
assuming an underground extraction scenario, a gold price of US$1,500/oz, a 5.0:1 Brazilian Real to US Dollar exchange rate, and metallurgical 
recovery of 91%.  

•  Serabi is the operator and owns 100% of the Palito  Mine such that gross and net attributable mineral reserves are the same. The mineral reserve 
estimate was prepared by the Group in accordance with the standard of CIM and NI 43-101, with an effective date of 31 December 2021, and audited 
and approved by Mr Michael Hodgson, CEO of Serabi Gold plc, who is a Qualified Person under NI 43-101. 

Table 4 - Mineral Reserve Statement, São Chico Mine, Para State, Brazil, as of 31 December 2021 

Classification 

Proven 

Probable 

Total Reserves 

Quantity  
(t) 

Grade Au  
(g/t) 

Contained 
Metal Au  
(oz) 

          12,505  

               6.44  

            2,590  

          35,204  

               5.83  

            6,598  

          47,709  

               5.99  

            9,188  

During 2022, Serabi mined 47,205 tonnes of mineral resources at an average grade of 4.67g/t from the São Chico orebody.  Management also 
estimates that infill drilling at depth on the Main Vein and considering the effects of intrusive dykes that were encountered on the Julia Vein 
have together combined to reduce the mineral resources at São Chico. .  Management estimates that the mineral resource set out above may 
have been reduced by a further 60,000 and 65,000 ounces. 

Notes to Table 4: 

•  Mineral Reserves have been rounded to reflect the relative accuracy of the estimates. Proven underground Mineral Reserves are reported within the 
Measured classification domain, and Probable underground Mineral Reserves are reported within the Indicated classification domain. Proven and 
Probable underground Mineral Reserves are inclusive of external mining dilution and mining loss and are reported at a cut-off grade of 3.45 g/t gold 
assuming an underground extraction scenario, a gold price of US$1,500/oz, a 5.0:1 Brazilian Real to US Dollar exchange rate, and metallurgical 
recovery of 95%. 

•  Serabi is the operator and owns 100% of the São Chico Mine such that gross and net attributable mineral reserves are the same. The mineral reserve 
estimate was prepared by the Group in accordance with the standard of CIM and NI 43-101, with an effective date of 31 December 2021, and audited 
and approved by Mr Michael Hodgson, CEO of Serabi Gold plc, who is a Qualified Person under NI 43-101. 

Table 5 - Mineral Resources Statement, Coringa Gold Project, Para State, Brazil, as of 31 August 2019.  

The current Mineral Resource estimates for the Coringa Mine (Table 5) are based on data as at 30 June 2019.  

Classification 

Indicated Resources 

Inferred Resources 

Quantity 

Grade 

Contained Metal 

000’t 

735 

1,645 

Gold 

g/t 

8.24 

6.54 

Gold 

000'oz 

195 

346 

During 2022, Serabi mined 10,235 tonnes of mineral resources at an average grade of 5.17g/t from the Coringa orebody 

Notes to Table 5:       

(1)  Mineral Resources have been rounded. Mineral Resources are not Mineral Reserves and have not demonstrated economic viability. Mineral Resources 
are reported inclusive of Mineral Reserves. All figures are rounded to reflect the relative accuracy of the estimates. Underground Mineral Resources 
are reported within classification domains inclusive of in-situ dilution at a cut-off grade of 2.0g/t gold assuming an underground extraction scenario, 
a gold price of US$1,500/troy oz, an operating cost of $100/t, and metallurgical recovery of 95%.  

(2)  Serabi is the operator and owns 100% of the Coringa gold project such that gross and net attributable mineral resources are the same. The mineral 
resource estimate was prepared by Global Resource Engineering in accordance with the standard of CIM and Canadian National Instrument 43-101, 
with an effective date of 31 August 2019 by Mr Kevin Gunesch and Dr Hamid Samari, who are both Qualified Persons under the Canadian National 
Instrument 43-101. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report 
Strategy and Business Model 

Serabi has been present in the Tapajos region of Brazil for over 20 years during which time 
it has established a loyal and committed work force and developed strong relationships with 
local communities and government agencies.   

Management  wants  to  build  on  this  base  to  grow  Serabi’s  gold  production  and  resource 
inventory in a measured and sustainable manner, minimising financial, environmental and 
social risk as much as possible. 

STRATEGY 

Sustainable production 

1. 
Producing operations provide the foundation for longer term 
growth 
Cash flow from current operations provides funding for exploration and improves 
debt capacity for new projects 
2. 

Exploration 

Development 

Identify high-quality opportunities through exploration 
within the Group’s highly prospective tenement holdings 
The Tapajos region remains one of the most under-developed gold districts in the 
world given historic production records.  It therefore presents an excellent 
opportunity for hosting significant gold deposits which with Serabi existing 
infrastructure are capable of being rapidly developed into producing operations 
3. 
Leverage off an experienced work force, strong community 
and regional support to bring new opportunities into 
production 
The Group has already commenced gold production at Coringa whilst full 
permitting approvals are sought.  This has been possible through the support of 
local communities and government agencies 
4. 
The São Chico and Coringa projects are a demonstration of 
Serabi’s ability to acquire complimentary development 
projects offering attractive financial returns and maintaining 
a focused gold production company  
The Group continues to evaluate other projects that it believes can boost Serabi’s 
production potential whilst maintain geographical focus and building on its 
existing operational base and relationships. 

Acquisition 

LINK TO PRINCIPAL 
RISKS 

2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 

1, 2, 5, 6 

1, 2, 4, 5, 6 

1, 4, 7, 8 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report 
Strategy and Business Model 

The Group’s current focus remains the successful development of its Coringa project.  Gold production is already underway 
with run of mine ore (“ROM”) being transported to the process plant at Palito.  Ore sorting technology has been proven to 
work extremely well with the ore currently being produced at Coringa.  Management consider that the installation of an ore 
sorter at Coringa can negate any immediate need for a full scale plant at Coringa and instead use plant capacity that currently 
exists at Palito. 

The Group’s São Chico mining operation has been suspended to allow the ROM from Coringa, which has a higher average 
grade, to be processed and maximise the production capability of the existing process plant. This allows time for management 
to grow the mineral resource at São Chico and prove up new areas for future mining activities.  The decision to restart São 
Chico operations will require either an expansion of the existing Palito plant or construction of a dedicated plant at Coringa.  
In the meantime, management anticipates that the current strategy will allow Serabi to grow its production from Coringa at a 
much lower initial capital cost and with significantly lower financial and development risk. 

Our focus is to pursue gold mining opportunities appropriate to the Group’s size and capabilities, working closely with 
governing bodies and communities to produce successful and responsible returns. 

Growth opportunities from mine development and exploration activities 

The Group’s successful initial development of the Serra orebody of the Coringa gold project, is the first stage of this new mine 
which is projected to reach its full production potential over the coming years as production from the Serra ore body increases 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report 
Strategy and Business Model 

and the Group develops the Meio and Galena sectors which form the rest of the project as it has currently been identified.  Whilst 
the  Group  needs  to  secure  additional  finance  to  achieve  the  next  stages  of  development,  work  today  has  identified  that  ore 
recovered from the Serra deposit is very amenable to ore-sorting. Test work demonstrates the mass of the material that would 
otherwise  be processed  can  be  reduced  by  between  45 per  cent  and  50 per cent.    This  significantly  reduces  the process  plant 
requirements and the level of mine tailings that will be generated.  During 2022, ore recovered from Coringa has been transported 
to the Palito Complex for processing and this will continue during 2023.  Management envisages the installation of a crusher and 
ore-sorter at Coringa and continuing to transport a higher-grade product to Palito for processing for the next few years.  This will 
significantly reduce the upfront capital costs of the project and eliminate significant build, performance and cost over-run risk 
involved with the construction of a full independent plant.  Management has estimated that making efficient use of ore-sorting 
of Coringa and Palito ore would allow Coringa to achieve its originally projected gold production levels without the requirement 
for any significant modification of the current 500 tpd plant at Palito. 

At the current time mining operations at São Chico have been suspended and the  Group will focus  on rebuilding the mineral 
inventory  and  identifying  additional  deposits  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  São  Chico.    São  Chico  ore  cannot  currently  be 
beneficiated using ore-sorting and consequently the feed-grade of São Chico ore will always be lower than that from Coringa and 
Palito and therefore of lower priority, particularly whilst the operations of the Group are limited by the capacity of the processing 
plant.  Mining operations will be re-established once the mineral inventory has been built up, but may require an expansion to 
the processing plant to accommodate this additional ore-feed.   

With  enhanced  cash  flow  anticipated  from  the  increased  production  to  be  generated  from  the  development  of  Coringa,  it  is 
expected that such a modular expansion could be funded from cash flow.  The Group already owns two additional ball mills that 
could be integrated into its existing process plant as part of an expansion of capacity. 

The  Group  also  anticipates  on-going  evaluation  of  its  prospective  exploration  tenements  and  development  of  some  of  the 
discoveries that it has made to date. The recent discovery of the Matilda Cu-Mo-W deposit close to São Chico is extremely exciting 
but as a copper porphyry deposit may be beyond the near-term financial resources of the Group.  It has attracted the interest of a 
variety  of  major  mining  groups  and  management  will  pursue  options  to  evaluate  this  discovery  which  may  help  reduce  the 
financial burden on the Group’s resources, without compromising the Group’s desire to grow its portfolio of gold opportunities 
which it will continue to progress with its own resources. 

Both the potential development of existing assets and the acquisition of new assets will be carefully assessed considering the risks 
involved  in  each  case,  the  necessary  funding  requirements,  and  the  potential  value  opportunity  for  the  Group  and  its 
shareholders. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Stakeholder Engagement 

Meeting the needs of all stakeholders 

The delivery of our strategy is reliant on the support and commitment of our stakeholders 

Key Stakeholder Groups 

EMPLOYEES 
Why we engage 
Serabi’s employees, their welfare 
and working conditions are 
fundamental to our business. To 
drive the success of the business, we 
need to have a motivated workforce. 
Alignment with our staff on 
working practices is fundamental to 
providing good health and safety 
practices and maintaining our 
commitment to sustainable 
development. 

How we engage 
Employees are encouraged, at all 
levels, to provide feedback directly 
to management and senior 
management. There is an open 
dialogue at all levels.  At operational 
level there are operational and 
safety briefings before the start of 
each shift.  The Group provides 
welfare workshops to assist and 
raise awareness of physical and 
mental health issues and 
communicates each week with its 
employees on the Group’s activities 
and industry related matters. 

SHAREHOLDERS 

  Why we engage 
  Having invested risk capital in the 
business, we have a duty to engage 
with our shareholders and keep 
them informed of our strategic 
plans and progress towards these. 
Regular and open communication 
encourages confidence and 
continued long term support. 

FINANCIERS 
  Why we engage 

The Group intends to obtain debt 
finance to provide additional capital 
required for the development and 
construction of its Coringa project.  
Management therefore engages 
regularly with banks, credit funds, 
development financial institutions, 
streaming and royalty companies and 
off-take financiers. 

  How we engage 
  One-to-one meetings with the CEO, CFO 
and/or  Business  Development  Manager 
are undertaken on a regular basis with a 
range of potential debt and other finance 
providers  for  updates  on  the  Group’s 
activities  and  in  particular  its  Coringa 
project. These meeting keep providers of 
financing 
of 
progress with the Coringa project as well 
the  Group’s  other 
as  updates  on 
operations.  

appraised 

solutions 

  How we engage 

Substantial shareholders:  
Both Fratelli and Greenstone have 
the right to appoint up to two 
Directors under the terms of their 
respective Relationship 
Agreements with the Company. 
Other substantial shareholders 
have periodic meetings with the 
Chair, CEO and CFO.  

Prospective and existing investors:  
  The AGM and Annual and 

Quarterly Reports.  
  Investor roadshows and 

presentations.  

  One-on-one investor meetings 

with the CEO and CFO.  

  Access to the Company’s brokers 

and advisers.  

  Regular news and project 

updates.  

  Social media accounts.  

How the Board engaged 
Executive Board members are 
present in-country every month and 
meeting with a variety of personnel 
during this time, obtaining feedback 
on new operational ideas and 
concerns. Other Board members 
undertake periodic site visits to 
familiarise themselves with the 
Group’s operations and directly 
engage with management in Brazil 
at these times. 

  How the Board engaged 

The AGM and other general 
meetings are key opportunities for 
shareholders to meet, whether 
virtually or in person, with 
Executive and non-executive 
Directors.  In addition to investor 
conferences, the executive 
Directors provide regular 
interviews to supplement 
regulatory news announcements. 

14 

  How the Board engaged 
  Direct engagement of the Board with 

non-equity providers of finance has not 
been necessary with no new significant 
financing facility put in place.  
Management provides regular feedback 
to the Board on discussions. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Stakeholder Engagement 

GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES 
AND REGULATORS 
Why we engage 
Engagement with government 
bodies and regulators preserves our 
operational licences, provides a 
forum for discussion of potential 
regulatory change and encourages 
support for new licence applications. 

  CONTRACTORS AND 

SUPPLERS 
  Why we engage 
  We value the role our trusted 

contractors and suppliers play in 
delivering products and services 
and supporting our teams.  We 
also need to ensure that our 
suppliers adhere to our values of 
ethics and sustainability whilst 
seeking to promote and support 
local enterprises wherever 
practical. 

LOCAL COMMUNITIES 

  Why we engage 

Establishing and maintaining good 
relations with the local community 
throughout the development, operation 
and, at some time in the future, the 
ultimate closure of the Group’s mining 
operations is vital for the Group’s social 
licence to operate. Engagement helps 
build trust and assist with better 
decision making. Dissemination of 
accurate information regarding both the 
Group’s existing and future projects, 
and the early and ongoing engagement 
with community leaders, form a 
cornerstone of the Group’s ESG policies. 
More than 70% of the Group’s 
workforce reside within the State of 
Para and the Group sources many of its 
support services from local businesses. 

  How we engage 

  How we engage 

The Group has a dedicated 
procurement department and a 
formal process for adding new 
suppliers on to its approved list. 
Key supply contracts are only 
awarded after a formal tender 
process and the value and nature 
of the tender will determine the 
level of engagement of senior 
management in that process. 

The Group’s dedicated HSE department 
have regular dialogue with community 
leaders working with them to 
understand ways in which the Group 
can assist the communities to improve 
quality of life and receive feedback on 
concerns or issues. Specialist advisers 
and consultants are used to conduct 
independent assessment and reports for 
government.  The Group has an active 
programme of communication through 
social media channels to maintain open 
communication, promote its activities 
and inform communities of any short-
term matters that may affect them as a 
result of the Group’s operations.  

  How the Board engaged 

Engagement with contractors and 
suppliers is carried out by 
members of the management team, 
with feedback provided to the 
Board. 

  How the Board engaged 
  Reports from the HSE department are 

summarised and received by the Board 
on a monthly basis and any significant 
community plans approved by the 
Board. 

How we engage 
Agencies and regulators are 
encouraged and assisted with visits 
and inspections of the Group’s 
activities. Key management staff 
hold regular meetings with relevant 
officials and the Group provides 
regular monitoring and other 
reports as required. 

How the Board engaged 
In addition to assistance from the 
executive Directors, one of the Non-
executive Directors, resident in 
Brazil, is in regular dialogue with 
representatives of government 
bodies on behalf of the Group and 
also assists with the development of 
strategy and regulations for the 
mining industry in Brazil.  Together 
they provide regular feedback to the 
Board. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Stakeholder Engagement 

As  noted  in  the  Strategy  and  Business  Model,  the  Group  considers  its  employees,  local  communities,  shareholders  and 
government agencies to be key stakeholders in the long-term success of the Group’s activities.  In addition, the Group considers 
that its potential financing partners and its contractors and suppliers will be significant stakeholders in the Group’s growth and 
development.  Whilst there any many potential customers in the form of refineries for the Group’s gold production these are less 
critical to the Group’s strategy and are therefore not considered to be key stakeholders. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Section 172 Statement (Companies Act 2006) 

Statement by the Directors in performance of their statutory duties in accordance with s.172(1) Companies Act 2006 

The Board  of Directors of  Serabi considers that it  has, individually and collectively,  acted  in the  way it considers, in  good 
faith,  would  be  most  likely  to  promote  the  success  of  the  Group  for  the  benefit  of  its  members  and  stakeholders  in  the 
decisions that it has taken during the year ended 31 December 2022. 

Promoting the success of the Group for stakeholders 

The  Directors  endeavour  to  balance  the  needs  and  requirements  of  all  stakeholders  which,  in  addition  to  the  Company’s 
shareholders,  include  the  Group’s  employees,  the  communities  in  the  areas  where  it  operates,  government  agencies  and  the 
Group’s suppliers and customers, all of whom have a vested interest in the long-term success of the Group. As all the activities of 
the  Group  are  currently undertaken  in  Brazil  and  managed  by  a  single  management  team  the  Directors  are  not,  at  this  time, 
required to consider any potentially competing interests of different members of the Group. 

The following disclosure describes how the Directors have had regard to the matters set out in section 172(1)(a) of the Companies 
Act 2006 (the Act) and forms the Directors’ statement required under the Act. This reporting requirement is made in accordance 
with  the corporate  governance  requirements  identified  in  The  Companies  (Miscellaneous  Reporting)  Regulations 2018,  which 
apply to company reporting on financial years starting on or after 1 January 2019. The matters set out in section 172(1) (a) to (f) of 
the Act are that a director must act in the way they consider, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the 
company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in doing so have regard (amongst other matters) to: 

a) the likely consequences of any decision in the long-term; 

b) the interests of the company’s employees; 

c) the need to foster the company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others; 

d) the impact of the company’s operations on the community and the environment; 

e) the desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct; and 

f) the need to act fairly between members of the company. 

Earlier in this Strategic Report section of this Annual Report, the Group has set out its overall goal and its strategic priorities for 
attaining it. 

The Board and each Director acknowledge that the success of Company’s and Group’s strategy is dependent on the support and 
commitment of all of the Group’s stakeholders. The Board, when necessary, engages directly with stakeholders.  

However,  considering  the  relative  geographical  locations of  the  operations and  the  Board members, much  of  the  stakeholder 
engagement  mainly  takes  place  at  an  operational  level  and  the  Board  is  therefore  reliant  on  management  to  help  it  fully 
understand the impact of the Group’s operations on its stakeholders.  

During the year in review, the Board considered information from across the Group’s business and received presentations from 
management, working groups and Board advisers. In addition to this, the Board reviewed papers and reports and took part in 
discussions  which  considered,  where  relevant,  the  impact  of  the  Group’s  activities  on  its  key  stakeholders.  These  activities, 
together  with  direct  engagement  by  the  Board  and  individual  Directors  with  some  of  the  Group’s  key  stakeholders  and 
shareholders, helped to inform the Board in its decision-making processes.  

The  Board recognises that balancing the needs  and expectations of stakeholders is  important, but it often has to make difficult 
decisions based on competing priorities where the outcome is not positive for all of the Group’s stakeholders. Decisions are not 
taken lightly, and the decision-making process has been structured to enable Directors to evaluate the merit of proposed business 
activities and the likely consequences  of its decisions over the short, medium and long  term,  with the aim of safeguarding the 
Company and the Group so that it can continue in existence, fulfilling its purpose and creating value for stakeholders.  

During 2022, the  Group was required to consider change to  its  operational plans resulting from unexpected  geological events 
encountered at its São Chico deposit and also continued delay in obtaining the necessary operational licence to allow construction 
of a process plant at its Coringa project.  The Group engaged in dialogue with  certain key  stakeholders on these key strategic 
matters, including how these events would affect future cash-flows and earnings projections. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Section 172 Statement (Companies Act 2006) 

The nature of these discussions included the following: 

Communities 

  Confirmation with  the  Sao Chico community  that Serabi would  continue to  assist with the provision of power, fresh 

water and other support for the community. 

  Discussions with the Novo Progresso administration regarding on going support for community programmes and road 

maintenance. 

Human resources 

  Discussion  with  staff  regarding  options  for  transfer  to  other  employment  opportunities  within  the  Group  including 

transfer to the Coringa mine. 

Government authorities 

 

Continuing dialogue to ensure that the need for changes to the Group’s operations were fully understood and agreed 
and that all requests or expectations of governmental and other agencies were being complied with. 

Shareholders and Financiers 

 
 

Communication through prompt and regular news releases 
One to one discussion with financing groups and significant shareholders where requested 

  The  Group  has  developed  plans  that  have  addressed  these  matters  and  allowed  the  Group  to  exceed  its  re-stated 
production guidance for  2022 and commence gold production from  its Coringa project using the existing licences held by  the 
Group and with the support of key governmental agencies and bodies. 

The changes in operational plans and the licencing delays with Coringa have impacted on the local communities and Serabi has 
sought to keep them informed of progress whilst providing on-going support and assistance.  Further information on some of the 
initiatives that the Group has supported are set out in the ESG section of the report. 

The Group maintains an active dialogue with relevant governmental agencies and similar regulatory bodies both in support of its 
existing operations and for the development of its Coringa project. 

The Group continuously interacts with a variety of other stakeholders who are important to its success, including shareholders, 
debt  providers,  staff,  national,  state  and  municipal  government  administrative  and  environmental  bodies,  NGOs,  the  local 
community, and suppliers.  Details of the reasons for its engagement with different stakeholders and the manner in which the 
Group engages are set out within this 2022 Annual Report 

Maintenance of standards of business conduct 

The Board places significant emphasis on operating to the highest ethical standards, whether this be in relation to government, 
suppliers, shareholders or employees.  The Board in its decision-making process has, during the year, made all reasonable enquiry 
and maintained procedures to ensure compliance with the code of conduct that the Group is required to follow. 

Further details are set out in the Report on Corporate Governance on pages 41 to 75. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Chief Financial Officer’s Review 

Overview 

The  last  twelve  month  period  was  always  planned  to  be  a  year  of  investment  as  the  Group  continued  its  work  on  the 
development  of  the  Coringa  project  that  had  started midway  through  2021.    The  ability to  process  and sell gold from  the 
development  ore  being  mined  from  Coringa  was  not  originally  planned  for  but  with  approximately  1,000  ounces  of  gold 
produced in the second six months of 2022 the additional cash flow that this has generated has helped offset the operating 
costs of the initial mine development. 

The year was also one when we needed to push ahead with rebuilding the mineral resource inventory particularly for the Palito 
deposit.  During the pandemic period of 2020 and 2021, with at times a significantly reduced work force at site, resource drilling 
was reduced or halted impacting the ability to maintain required resource replenishment rates..  It was essential that this situation 
be reversed, and the Board agreed to a significant programme during 2022 to meet this objective.  US$2.1 million has been spent 
on this programme in 2022 and before the end of the second quarter of 2023, the results from this will be confirmed in a new NI 
43-101 mineral resource estimate for the Palito and Sao Chico deposits.  We anticipate that there should be a significant increase 
in the reported mineral resources at Palito which will more than offset the expected reduction in the level of mineral resources at 
Sao Chico a result of the mining issues encountered there in the first quarter of 2022. 

We were successful in generating US$5 million of short-term loan funding through a Brazilian bank to provide some additional 
working capital which was necessary to compensate for the lower than forecast production levels that became apparent towards 
the end of the first quarter of 2022, resulting from the mining problems encountered at the Sao Chico deposit. 

We have not yet secured longer term funding that will be needed for the full mine development requirements of Coringa.  This 
will be conditional upon securing the longer-term licences for the project and completion of the updated mineral resource estimate 
as the cash flows from the Palito operations will be made available to support and reduce the funding needs for Coringa. 

Revenue 

For the year ended 31 December 2022, the Group generated US$29,185,137 (2021: US$25,942,663) in revenue through sales of an 
estimated  15,443 ounces of gold sold in  the form of a  copper/gold concentrate (2021: 13,658 ounces) and 16,368 ounces of gold 
bullion generating revenue of US$29,524,191 (2021: 20,731 ounces for revenue of US$37,198,774) 

The average gold price received during 2022 was US$1,785 compared with a price of US$1,776 received during 2021. 

Production of gold bullion for the year to 31 December 2022 was 16,820 ounces of gold compared with 19,675 ounces during the 
same period of the previous year, a decrease of 15 per cent.  

During  the  same  12  month  period  1,316  wet  tonnes  of  copper/gold  concentrate,  containing  an  estimated  14,999  ounces,  was 
produced (12 months to 31 December 2021: 1,357  wet tonnes of copper/gold concentrate, containing 14,173 ounces of gold). The 
unsold material is held as inventory. 

Revenue was US$4.4 million less that the preceding financial year a direct consequence of the lower gold production which was 
2,029 ounces less than in 2021, with sales levels at 31,811 ounces being 2,578 ounces less than in 2021.  The shortfall was in sales of 
gold bullion a consequence of lower production levels from the Sao Chico deposit whilst with increased output from the Palito 
deposit sales of gold contained in the copper/gold concentrate  increased by 1,785 ounces.  Shipments of copper/gold concentrate 
at 1.340 tonnes over the year were identical to the level for 2021, but of a higher grade. 

Concentrate Sold (Ounces) 
Bullion Sold (Ounces) 
Total Ounces Sold 

12 months 
ended  
December 2022 
US$ 
15,443 
16,368 
31,811 

12 months 
ended  
December 2021 
US$ 
13,658 
20,731 
34,389 

Variance 
US$ 
1,785 
(4,363) 
(2,578) 

Average gold sales price achieved 

US$1,785 

US$1,776 

US$9 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Chief Financial Officer’s Review 

Revenue from Ordinary Activity 
Gold (in Concentrate) 
Copper (in Concentrate) 
Silver (in Concentrate) 
Total Concentrate Revenue 
Gold Bullion 
Total Sales 

Costs of sales 
Operational costs 
Provision for impairment of State taxes receivable 
Shipping costs 
Treatment charges 
Royalties 
Amortisation of mine property 
Depreciation of plant & equipment 
Total operating costs 
Gross profit 

Costs of sales 

12 months 
ended  
December 2022 
US$ 

12 months 
ended  
December 2021 
US$ 

26,576,214 
2,478,897 
130,026 
29,185,137 
29,524,191 
58,709,328 

40,210,382 
1,151,899 
1,351,120 
701,303 
848,065 
4,660,861 
1,911,600 
50,835,230 
7,874,098 

23,361,409 
2,453,920 
127,334 
25,942,663 
37,198,774 
63,141,437 

34,961,235 
— 
1,189,931 
591,714 
1,016,438 
4,608,900 
1,440,728 
43,808,946 
19,332,491 

Variance 
US$ 

3,214,805 
24,977 
2,692 
3,242,474 
(7,674,583) 
(4,432,109) 

5,249,147 
1,151,899 
161,189 
109,589 
(168,373) 
51,961 
470,872 
7,026,284 
(11,458,393) 

As already noted, the Group embarked on a significant underground drilling programme in 2022, the costs of which have been 
treated as an operational cost.  For much of the year the Group had two contractor operated rigs on site and it remains the intention 
that one contractor operated rig will remain at site for much of 2023.  These rigs supplement the two company owned and operated 
rigs that were operational during 2021 and 2022. 

Tonnes mined 
Tonnes milled 
Ounces produced 
Ounces sold 

Operating Costs 
Labour 
Mining consumables & maintenance 
Plant consumables 
General site 

12 months 
ended 
December 
2022 
173,741 
172,404 
31,819 
31,811 

12 months 
ended 
December 
2022 
US$’000 

17,290 
13,672 
5,428 
3,820 
40,210 

12 months 
ended 
December 
2021 
170,262 
170,800 
33,848 
34,389 

12 months 
ended 
December 
2021 
US$’000 

15,820 
10,751 
4,720 
3,671 
34,961 

Variance 
3,479 
1,604 
(2,029) 
(2,578) 

Variance % 
2% 
1% 
(6%) 
(7%) 

Variance 
US$’000 

Variance  
% 

1,471 
2,921 
709 
149 
5,249 

9% 
27% 
15% 
4% 
15% 

During 2022 the average exchange rate was BrR$5.16 to US$1.00 compared with an average exchange rate of BrR$5.39 to US$1.00 
during the same period of the previous year, a weakening of approximately four per cent.  This has had the effect of increasing 
the reported US dollar costs on a comparative basis. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Chief Financial Officer’s Review 

Operational  costs  for 2022  also  include, from  1  July  2022,  some  of  the  costs  relating  to  the Coringa  mining  operations.   Costs 
incurred for Coringa since 1 July 2022 are approximately BrR$8.71 million (approximately US$1.69 million).  Whilst the operation 
is  still  in  pre-production,  accounting  rules  require  that  revenues  being  generated  from  pre-production  operations  be  reported 
through the Income Statement together with the associated costs of production. 

The increase in labour costs of nine per cent reflects a seven per cent salary increase that all staff received effective from May 2022. 
Overall head count numbers for the Palito Complex have however reduced from an average headcount of 650 staff and contractors 
in 2021 to a headcount of 592 in 2022. At the end of 2022 the Company also employed 54 employees at its Coringa project.  During 
2022, the Group incurred termination costs of approximately US$0.56 million as a result of the reduction in head count during the 
period.  

Whilst costs of diesel and electricity remain controlled in Brazil, as with other countries they have nonetheless risen year on year 
which has impacted on the plant operating costs particularly the costs of power generation but also vehicle running costs for the 
annual dam recycling programmes.  We have also seen cost inflation affecting key consumables such as cyanide, mill liners and 
grinding  materials.  One  off  maintenance  expenditure  has  been  required  on  the  gravity  recovery  plant  and  higher  levels  of 
maintenance for the mills and ore-sorter. 

Recoverable taxes 

The  Brazilian  tax system  is  complex  with a variety  of  taxes levied  at  both federal  and  state  levels.   Serabi  exports  all  its  gold 
production  and  therefore  its  revenues  are  not  subject  to  sales  taxes  which  would  be    the  normal  method  for  offsetting  taxes 
incurred on the purchase of goods and services required for its operations.  It is instead reliant on offsets against other taxes that 
it collects to recover taxes owed at a  federal or state  level or using other approved  schemes to facilitate  the  recovery of  its tax 
debts.  The use of such schemes is however conditional on the relevant authorities agreeing the level of taxes that the Group can 
recover.   

During 2022, the authorities for Para approved the recovery of approximately BrR$8 million (US$1.5 million) of ICMS (state sales 
tax incurred on goods purchased) relating to the period 2016 to 2019. An  additional BrR$14 million (US$2.67 million) of ICMS 
incurred over the same period is still being audited by the authorities.  Further amounts owed to the Group, totalling BrR$13.0 
million (US$2.98 million), in respect of taxes paid in 2020 and 2021 are also still to be reviewed and audited by the authorities.  In 
2020, the Company made a provision of approximately BrR$8.2 million against the recoverability of these taxes and during 2022 
has made a further provision of BrR$5.95 million (US$1.15 million) in light of the continued uncertainty over the time period over 
which these taxes will be recovered.  A finance cost has also been recorded arising from these same ICMS taxes although, having 
been set off against amounts owed to the Company, this has had no cash impact.  Whilst the authorities confirmed the approval 
of BrR$8.2 million of taxes and allowed these to be set off against tax liabilities owed to the State of Para they determined that 
interest and penalties should be assessed on taxes owed to the State whilst refusing to recognise the Company’s claims for interest 
on amounts due to Serabi.  Whilst this matter remains subject to legal appeal, the Company has reported a US$1.82 million charge 
in respect of the fines and interest levied. 

The  Group  has  also  been  subject  to  a  review  process with  the  Brazilian Federal  Revenue  Commission relating  to  the  Groups 
PIS/COFINS tax returns for the period 2006-2012.  PIS and COFINS are federal taxes and are generally imposed on any Brazilian 
entity  (the  user  of goods  or  services)  and  should  apply  to  the  purchase  of  goods  and  services  at  the  rates  of 1.65%  and  7.6%, 
respectively.  The  PIS (Program of  Social  Integration)  and COFINS  (Contribution  for  the  Financing  of  Social  Security) are  also 
chargeable on the revenues generated by the Brazilian entity but as an exporter Serabi does not levy any PIS and COFINS on its 
sales.  The Group has determined based on its latest legal advice that it is likely this process will be subject to a lengthy judicial 
process which might  take  up  to five  years  to  be  concluded.    The  initial  tax credit claimed  by  the Group  was  BR$1.96  million 
US$0.38 million). Whilst  the  Group  has  submitted  electronic  evidence  of  its  entitlement  to recover  this  tax,  the authorities  are 
demanding physical paper copies which given the time period are no longer readily available. The Group has estimated the total 
accumulated interest and fines are estimated at BrR$3.66 million (US$0.7 million) and recorded a provision as a financial expense 
for 2022. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Chief Financial Officer’s Review 

Income and Deferred Taxes 

During 2022 the Group has incurred an Income Tax liability of US$890,176 which has been assessed on the profits generated from 
the Brazilian operations of its subsidiary Serabi Mineracao SA.  There is no equivalent of group relief operating in Brazil so the 
operational losses relating to the startup of the Coringa mine ,which is held in a separate subsidiary, are being accumulated and 
will be set against the future profits from that operation. 

The Group has recorded Deferred tax assets and liabilities arising from timing differences on certain transactions relating to  the 
Group’s activities in Brazil including the unrealised gains and losses arising from exchange rates fluctuations.  The strengthening 
of the BRL since 31 December 2021 has given rise to an increase in the Deferred tax asset recognised in the year.   

Hedging Activities 

The  Group  has  to  date  elected  not  to  hedge  its  gold  production,  but  in  anticipation  of  further  investment  being  required  for 
Coringa, on 14  February 2023, the Group entered  into hedging contracts with HSBC Bank plc whereby it acquired sell options 
over monthly quantities of gold over the period March 2023 to February 2024 totalling 10,215 ounces of gold at a price of US$1,800.  
At the same time, it sold to the  bank options  in favour of the bank to  buy the equivalent monthly  quantities of gold at prices 
ranging  between  US$2,000  and  US$2,065  per  ounce.    It  also  acquired  options  to  sell  monthly  receipts  of  US  Dollars  ranging 
between US$2.3 million and US$1.15 million for Brazilian Real at an exchange rate of BRL5.10 to USD1.00.  At the same time, it 
sold to the bank options in favour  of the bank to  buy from the  Group the equivalent Brazilian Real receipts at exchange rates 
ranging from 5.325 to 5.800 over the same 12 month period.  In this way the Group has secured a minimum equivalent gold price 
in Brazilian Real of BRL9,180 per ounce in respect of 10,215 ounces and sold options in favour of the bank of future prices ranging 
between BRL10,650 per ounce and BRL11,997 per ounce depending on the option expiry date.  Since January 2021 the BRL price 
for gold peaked at BRL10,340 in November 2021 and was at a low of BRL8,556 in October 2022.  The hedging arrangements are 
unsecured and not subject to margin calls. 

Debt 

In May 2022, the Group received US$5 million of short-term loan funding through a Brazilian bank to provide some additional 
working capital.   The nature of this arrangement is such that it must be physically repaid through the Brazilian Central Bank. In 
February 2023 the Group was offered a further similar unsecured loan arrangement  for US$5.0 million with Santander Bank in 
Brazil.  The loan is repayable as a bullet payment  on 22 February 2024 and carries an interest coupon of 7.96 per cent.  The proceeds 
raised from the loan will be used for working capital and secure adequate liquidity to repay the initial loan which is due to be 
repaid on 12 May 2023.  The Group has also secured during the year an unsecured facility with a major bank allowing the Group 
to enter into leasing of precious metals for up to 12 months at a time.  The Group has not utilised this facility, but it provides a 
further opportunity for accessing short-term working capital. 

Clive Line 
Finance Director 
2 May 2023 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Going Concern and Longer-Term Prospects 

The Group’s business activities, together with factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position are set out 
in this Strategic Report. At 31 December 2022, the Group held cash of US$7.2 million with a further receipt of US$2.2 million for a 
sale of copper/gold concentrate due to be received in early January.  It has subsequently reported that at 31 March 2023 it held 
cash of US$13.2 million (including the proceeds of a US$5 million working capital loan facility received in February 2023). 

Further details  of the financial position of the Group, its cash flows and  liquidity position are  described in the  Chief Financial 
Officer’s Review, with details of its balance sheet commitments set out in notes 16 to 20 of the Group Financial Statements. The 
Group  Financial  Statements  includes  commentary  in  note  22  regarding  the  Group’s  objectives,  policies,  and  processes  for 
managing its capital; whilst details regarding the Group’s objectives concerning its financial risk management objectives; details 
of its financial instruments; and its exposures to credit, market and liquidity risk are set out in note 25. The Group monitors its 
capital position and its liquidity risk regularly throughout the year, updating as required cash flow models and forecasts taking 
into account revised production estimates, foreign exchange rates and metal price estimates as well as any variations in capital or 
operating cost estimates.  Sensitivities are prepared that reflect the key operational and financial parameters. 

Whilst each of the risks outlined in the Principal Risks section below has a potential impact on the business, the Directors focussed 
on those that are the most critical to the Group’s prospects, which are considered to be:  

Geological risk (risk 2) 

Mining risk (risk 3);  

Licencing and environmental risk (risk 5) and 

Gold price and exchange rate risk (risk 7). 

The Group’s base case going concern assessment assumed the following:  

average gold price of US$1,650 per ounce in 2023 and 2024; 

average exchange rate of BRL5.00 to USD1.00 in 2023 and 2024; 

gold production in line with published guidance; 

ore recovered from mining operations at Coringa continuing to be transported to the Palito Complex for processing; 

mining activities at São Chico being suspended; 

further development of the Coringa project including deepening of the ramp being deferred and funded from additional 
debt or other financing source but with renewed ramp development anticipated to commence in the fourth quarter of 
2023; and 

exploration activity for new projects would  be  restricted with drilling programmes conducted by the Group using  its 
own personnel and equipment. 

Under the base case scenario, and following the Group securing a new US$5 million working capital facility in February 2023, the 
Group had sufficient liquidity to fully repay the US$5 million loan maturing in May 2023 with sufficient headroom thereafter for 
a period of at  least 12 months from  the date of this report to fund  ongoing  working capital requirements subject to the Group 
being able to renew or replace the February 2023 working capital of US$5 million when it falls due in February 2024.  The Group 
currently has access to an undrawn, unsecured lending facility with a major international bank that could replace this US$5 million 
loan.    In  addition,  the Group  has flexibility  to  restrict  some  of  its  capital plans  and exploration  activity  to  liberate  additional 
working capital. 

Subsequent to the preparation of the base case assessment, the Group has completed hedging arrangements in respect of 10,215 
ounces of gold over the period March 2023 to February 2024, securing a price of US$1,800 in respect of that production increasing 
anticipated cash flow by approximately US$1.5 million.  This increased revenue would allow the Group to sustain a gold price 
reduction to US$1,585 per ounce on its remaining gold sales (approximately 13.5% below current levels) or to absorb a shortfall 
in production of 900 ounces without significantly affecting its working capital position. 

The  Group  operations  are  subject  to  a  variety  of  licences  issued  by  differing  governmental  bodies.    At  the  current  time 
management consider that the Group is in compliance with its licence obligations and there is no expectation that any existing 
licence will be withdrawn or may not be renewed when appropriate.  The withdrawal or suspension of any licence may restrict 
or result in a suspension of  the current operations.  In recent  years  legislation  and/or regulations have  been amended at  short 
notice in reaction to events at other mining operations.  The Group has been able to react and fund the costs of complying with 
such changes in the past and management anticipate, given the nature and size of its operations, that the Group would continue 
to be able to do so in the future. 

23 

 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Going Concern and Longer-Term Prospects 

Conclusion 

The Directors have concluded that, based on the current operational projections, it remains appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in the preparation of these audited financial statements.  The Directors acknowledge that the Group remains 
subject to operational and economic risks and any unplanned interruption or reduction in gold production or unforeseen changes 
in economic assumptions may adversely affect the level of free cash flow that the Group can generate on a monthly basis and its 
ability to secure further finance as and when required  The Directors consider that the Group will be able to secure the necessary 
external finance for the development of its Coringa project but that the timing of this may be dependent on the receipt of further 
permits and licences.  The Directors have received no indications that the necessary permits and licences will not be awarded. 

Assessment of the Group’s longer-term prospects 

The  longer-term  prospects  of  the  Group  are  driven  by  its strategy  and  business model, as outlined  on  pages 11  to  13, whilst 
factoring in the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties (pages 27 to 32). Assessment of the business is performed over a number 
of different time periods for differing reasons, which include an annual budget cycle (with reforecasts made as appropriate during 
the year) and a long-term corporate model which incorporates the latest annual budget and provides forecast cash flow detail for 
each of the Group’s mining operations.  

Extending  the  base  case  assessment  (using  long  term  gold  prices  of  US$1,650  per  ounce  and  an  exchange  rate  of  BRL5.00  to 
USD1.00),  and  assuming  that  Coringa  production  ramps  up  in  a  similar  manner  to  that  originally  projected  in  the  2018  Pre-
feasibility  study,  the  Group  is  projected  to  continue  generating  positive  cash  flows  from  operations  sufficient  to  repay  the 
anticipated debt requirements for development of Coringa. Thereafter, the Group intends to use cash generated from operations 
to develop other opportunities that it identifies from successful exploration and seek attractive investment opportunities, focused 
on the gold sector in Brazil and South America to grow the underlying value of the Group and build a broader base to develop in 
the future.  

24 

 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Risks and Controls 

There are many risks inherent with mining operations which to a greater or lesser degree companies can anticipate, plan for and 
seek  to mitigate.   These  risks may  impact on  a  company  only  in  the  short-term  or  may  have  longer-term  implications for  the 
success  and  development  of  the  enterprise  and  its  mining  projects.  When  assessing  the  Group’s  operations,  the  Board  and 
management are conscious that the Group can elect to assume or tolerate a risk, introduce controls and processes that are intended 
to mitigate that risk, transfer the risk to third parties through insurance or other means or not pursue certain activities or actions 
to eliminate the risk entirely. 

Risk Framework 
In addition to management of risks inherent in mining and development operations, the Board is responsible for putting in place 
a  system  to manage  risk  and  implement  internal  controls.  The  Board  has  considered mechanisms  by  which  the  business  and 
financial  risks  facing  the  Group  are  managed  and  reported  to  the  Board.  The  Board  and  management  consider  the  principal 
business and financial risks have been identified and appropriate control procedures implemented. The Board acknowledges it 
has responsibility for reviewing the effectiveness of the systems that are in place to manage risk. 

The Board determines the Group’s “risk profile” and is responsible for overseeing and approving risk management strategy and 
policies, internal compliance and internal control. 

The Board has delegated to the Audit Committee responsibility for implementing the risk management system.  

The responsibility for undertaking and assessing risk management and internal control effectiveness is delegated to management.  

Management is required to assess risk management and associated internal compliance and control procedures and report back 
to the Audit Committee at least annually. The Board reviews assessments of the effectiveness of risk management and internal 
compliance and control at least annually. 

The Board is responsible for reviewing and approving overall Group strategy, budgets, and plans. Monthly results and variances 
from plans and forecasts are reported to the Board.  

There are procedures for budgeting and planning, for monitoring and reporting to the Board business performance against those 
budgets and plans, and for forecasting expected performance over the remainder of the financial period. These cover cash flows, 
capital expenditures and balance sheets. 

The Audit Committee meets at least four times during a year and in these meetings will consider and discuss with the auditors, 
the  audit  approach  and  key  areas  of  risk  for  reporting  the  annual  financial  results,  review  and  approve  the  annual  financial 
statements and all interim financial statements. 

The Audit Committee is responsible, inter alia, for: 

  Reviewing  the  Group’s  risk  management  framework  at  least  annually  in  order  to  satisfy  itself  that  the  framework 
continues to be sound and to determine whether there have been any changes in the material business risks the Group 
faces. 
Ensuring that the material business risks do not exceed the risk appetite determined by the Board. 

 
  Overseeing the Group’s risk management systems, practices and procedures to ensure effective risk identification and 

 

 

management, and compliance with internal guidelines and external requirements. 
The Audit Committee assists the Board in discharging its duties regarding the financial statements, accounting policies 
and the maintenance of proper internal business, and operational and financial controls. 
The Audit Committee reviews the adequacy of accounting and financial controls together with the implementation of 
any associated recommendations of the external auditor. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Risks and Controls 

The Board considers that the following risks are those which present the most significant uncertainty for the Group at the current 
time and could have the most serious adverse effect on its performance and reputation. 

Risk 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Capital and funding requirements for 
development of new projects 

Geological risk 

Mining risk 

Project development risk 

Licencing and environmental risk 

Personnel and expertise 

Gold prices and exchange rates 

Bribery and corruption 

Litigation 

Link to going 
concern 
assessment 

Sustainable 
production 

Link to Strategy and Business Model 

Exploration 

Development 

Acquisition 

● 

● 

● 
● 

● 

● 

● 
● 
● 

● 

● 

● 
● 

● 
● 

● 

● 

● 
● 

● 
● 
● 
● 
● 

Further details of these are set out below in the section Principal Risks and Uncertainties. 

Internal Controls 
The Group has an established framework  of internal financial controls, the effectiveness of which is  regularly reviewed by the 
senior management team, the Audit Committee, and the Board considering ongoing assessments of the significant risks facing 
the Group. 

The Directors acknowledge their responsibility for the Group’s system of internal controls and procedures and for reviewing the 
effectiveness of these and ensuring that management of its subsidiaries review the internal controls and procedures operating in 
the  subsidiaries.  Such  controls  and  procedures  are  designed  to  safeguard  the  Company’s  and  the  Group’s  assets  and  ensure 
reliability  of  reporting  information,  financial  and  otherwise,  for  both  internal  use  and  external  publication.    The  Group’s 
management  has  designed  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting,  in  order  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. 

The Board and management, taking account of the size and nature of the Group, base the design of the Group’s internal control 
procedures using the criteria, having taken account of the size and nature of the Group, put forward by the Financial Reporting 
Council in their revised guidance for directors on internal controls for UK listed companies (issued September 2014).  Nonetheless 
the Group’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that its disclosure 
controls and internal controls over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and fraud. A cost-effective system of internal 
controls, no matter how well conceived or operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of 
the internal controls over financial reporting are achieved. 

The Board is responsible for ensuring that a sound system of internal control exists in order to safeguard shareholders’ interests 
and the Group’s assets. In conjunction with the Audit Committee, it is responsible for the regular review of the effectiveness of 
the systems of internal control. Internal controls are necessarily designed to manage risk rather than eliminate it. The key features 
of the system that operated during the period are: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

Regular Board meetings to consider the schedule of matters reserved for Directors’ consideration; 
A risk management process; 
An established organisation with clearly defined lines of responsibility and delegation of authority; 
Appointment of staff of the necessary calibre to fulfil their allotted responsibilities; 
Comprehensive  budgets,  forecasts  and  business  plans,  approved  by  the  Board,  reviewed  on  a  regular  basis,  with 
performance monitored against them and explanations obtained for material variances; 
Documented whistle-blowing policies and procedures. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Risks and Controls 
Principal Risk and Uncertainties 

1.  Capital and funding requirements for development of new projects  
The Group requires access to capital in order to develop its Coringa project and other future 
potential projects.  Uncertainty over the future returns from these projects and other 
macroeconomic factors may constrain ability to raise external finance.  Reliance on cash flow 
from the Group’s operations may not provide sufficient cash flow to fund development 
projects organically. 
Potential Impact 
Impairment of development assets. 

  Mitigation 
  Major new project developments need to 
have certainty of being fully funded at 
the time of any construction and 
development decision being taken. 

Impairment of exploration assets. 

Ability to replace and grow mineral resource 
inventory. 

Loss of value for stakeholders. 

Delays in start up are unlikely to result 
in revocation of licences or other 
authorisations. 

Establishing annual budgets for 
exploration activity funded from 
operational cash flow. Exploration 
obligations can be spread over the 
licence period improving the likelihood 
of extension or conversion into mining 
licences for the most prospective areas. 

Active engagement with providers of 
finance including current and potential 
shareholders. Brokers, banks and other 
financing institutions. 

Looking at opportunities for joint 
ventures particularly for exploration 
activity which may significantly reduce 
funding risk whilst retaining significant 
upside optionality. 

2.  Geological risk 
The Group’s production and development projects are underground narrow vein gold 
deposits.  By their nature such ore bodies can be erratic in the grade of gold within the vein 
and also the widths of these veins.  Geological interpretations and therefore mine plans can be 
subject to change as additional data becomes available and greater understanding regarding 
the nature of the veins and their origins is established. 
Potential Impact 
Reduction in gold production and associated 
cash flow. 

  Mitigation 

Impairment of development assets. 

Impairment of exploration assets. 

Ability to replace and grow mineral resource 
inventory. 

The Group undertakes significant and 
systematic exploration activity before 
evaluating an ore body as an economic 
mineable resource and commissions 
independent technical experts to prepare 
reports to support the Group’s internal 
assessments. 

Independent accredited laboratories are 
used to confirm assay data from samples 
recovered from exploration activity and 
confirm results from the Group’s own 
laboratory facilities. 

As part of its on-going daily operational 
expenditure the Group actively 
undertakes exploration activity to assist 

27 

Change in risk level 

  Risk Movement 

Improvement in the gold price has 
provided improved potential for cash 
generation both form existing and new 
projects reducing risk for lenders. 

Interest rate changes have increased 
borrowing costs. 

Recent governmental change is not 
considered to have significantly changed 
the long-term political and economic 
risk rating for Brazil. 

Change in risk level 

  Risk Movement 

In the first quarter of 2022, the Group 
encountered unexpected geological 
interference to its production activity in 
the Julia Vein of the São Chico ore body.  
Whilst the occurrence of these intrusive 
dykes is confined to this westerly 
extension of deposit, the lack of 
immediately available alternate working 
areas necessitated increased mining 
activity at the Palito deposit and a 
higher level of focus on securing 
medium term production for the Palto 
deposit.   

In July 2021 the Group commenced 
development of the Serra Vein system 
which form part of the Coringa gold 
project.  Until that time geological data 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Risks and Controls 
Principal Risk and Uncertainties 

2.  Geological risk 

its medium and long-term mine 
planning. 

The Group seeks to maintain a number 
of mining faces at any one time to 
minimise the risk of unforeseen 
geological events significantly impacting 
production. 

3.  Mining risk 
The Group’s production and development projects are underground narrow vein gold 
deposits.  Underground mines have inherent risks including those resulting from geological 
faults or varying rock types which may ultimately compromise certain areas from being mined 
on the basis of safety.  

to support indicative mine planning was 
confined to results obtained from core 
drilling of the deposit.  Mine 
development has established three 
development levels extending north and  
south form the main access ramp 
providing significantly enhanced 
understanding of the ore body.  Results 
to date have not varied management’s 
assessment of the viability of the 
deposit. 

Change in risk level 

Potential Impact 
Reduction in gold production and associated 
cash flow 

Cessation or suspension of mine activity. 

  Mitigation 

  Risk Movement 

The Group employs personnel with 
significant experience and 
understanding of similar deposits and 
mining operations. 

Mining methods consider the ground 
conditions and competency of the host 
rock and appropriate and recognised 
measures taken to provide support in 
areas where the integrity of the host rock 
may be compromised. 

The ground conditions at the Group’s 
various operations have historically 
been very good with limited occurrences 
of faulting or other features that may 
present significant challenges to 
working conditions and employee 
safety. 

The Group uses remote controlled 
equipment in any areas that are 
considered to present any potential 
hazard. 

The continued development of the 
Coringa mine during 2022 has allowed 
management to understand better the 
prevailing ground conditions and 
evaluate and mitigate any potential 
problems that could impact the safety of 
mining operations of this new deposit. 

Whilst new areas continue to be 
identified and mined at the Palito 
deposit there has been no identifiable 
change in the competency of the host 
rock. 

At the São Chico deposit whilst the 
existence of intrusive dykes reduced the 
payability of the Julia Vein, they did not 
compromise the safety of the mining 
operation.  

4.  Project development risk 
The Group’s Coringa project was originally scoped to include the construction of a full scale 
gold processing and production plant.  With any engineering project there is always the 
potential for delays, cost-overruns or under-performance which can significantly impact 
economic viability or result in increased financial resources being required. 

Change in risk level 

Potential Impact 

  Mitigation 

  Risk Movement 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Risks and Controls 
Principal Risk and Uncertainties 

4.  Project development risk 
Inability to secure funding because of 
perceived construction and development risks 

Reduction in forecast gold production and 
associated cash flow 

Inability to repay debt obligations resulting in 
breaches of covenants or other undertakings 
leading to security undertakings and other 
guarantees being enforced against the Group.  

Higher operational costs than forecast. 

The Group has identified that using ore 
sorting technology, there is adequate 
capacity to process Coringa gold ore at 
the existing Palito Complex process 
plant.  This will allow for significantly 
reduced development risk, lower capital 
costs and therefore financing needs.  
Operating cash flows will be impacted 
by costs of transportation of ore between 
the Coringa and Palito sites. 

Future process capacity can be 
established by further expansion of the 
Palito Complex plant or a dedicated 
Coringa plant as originally envisaged 
but can be financed on the back on 
higher production levels and free cash 
flow. 

The Group’s operations are based in 
Brazil, a country with a long and 
successful mining history and with a 
well-established and experienced 
network of contractors, fabricators and 
engineering expertise. 

The Group has an established and 
skilled workforce and access to 
engineering and fabrication specialists 
with experience of designing, building 
and operating similar mines and gold 
process plants. 

The Group owns and operates a gold 
process plant at its Palito Complex 
which has been processing gold ore 
recovered from Coringa since July 2022. 

The Group has successfully developed 
three  mining levels over the past 
eighteen month period. 

The Group has trialled successfully ore 
sorting on ore recovered from the Serra 
deposit at Coringa.  Ore sorting test 
work has significantly reduced the levels 
of waste that would otherwise be 
processed and increased the underlying 
average grade of the resulting material 
that remains to be processed. 

5.  Licencing and environmental risk 
The Group’s mining, development and exploration projects are subject to a variety of licencing 
conditions including environmental permits.  The ability to continue mining operations, 
undertake construction and development activities or exploration is dependent on obtaining  
the necessary licences in good time, and maintaining these in good order. 

Change in risk level 

Potential Impact 
Mining operations may be suspended or 
subject to other enforcements notices. 

Construction and development of new projects 
may be delayed whilst permits are obtained 
and permits and licences that have been 
granted may still be subject to legal appeals or 
other disruptive actions by other interested 
parties. 

Exploration activities may be delayed or 
cancelled if authorisations to obtain access or 
environmental permissions are delayed or 
denied. 

  Mitigation 

  Risk Movement 

The Group has operated in the Tapajos 
region of Para, where its projects and 
exploration activities are located, for 
over 20 years. During this time, it has 
established strong relationships with the 
various governmental agencies and local 
communities and obtained excellent 
understanding of the necessary 
procedures and policies to be followed. 

The Group’s operations have a small 
footprint, the mines are underground,  
and with high-grade ore.  The volume of 
material required to be mined is low 
compared with surface mining 
operations and therefore have a 
relatively low environmental impact. 

The Group has established processes for 
monitoring and reporting and updates 

29 

In December 2021, a court of appeal 
ruled in favour of the office of the 
Brazilian pubic prosecutors (“MPF”) 
denying the ANM and SEMAS from 
issuing new licenses until appropriate 
consultations had been made with 
indigenous communities.  The decision 
was appealed by the Group, the ANM 
and SEMAS as not being in accordance 
with Brazilian law.  However, the initial 
decision was upheld in August 2022 as 
being in accordance with international 
practice and therefore in the best 
interests of those indigenous 
communities.  An indigenous impact 
report that has been undertaken on 
behalf of the Group in relation to 
Coringa, was finalised at the end of 
April 2023, and is now being reviewed 
by the indigenous communities and will 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Risks and Controls 
Principal Risk and Uncertainties 

5.  Licencing and environmental risk 

these as required to meet changing 
legislative and other requirements. 

6.  Personnel and expertise 
The Group’s is reliant of a small number of senior individuals who manage the day to day 
activities.  In addition, the specialised nature of the Group’s mining operations means that it is 
dependent on an operational team that has specific skills and experience in the mining of 
narrow vein underground deposits.  These skills are not readily available in Brazil and the 
Group has trained its personnel in the particular skills and understanding relevant to its 
mining operations  Although there is no significant similar mining operation expected to be 
developed in the near vicinity, other gold mining projects are being developed nearby 
resulting in increased competition for personnel and there is no guarantee that the Group will 
be able to attract and retain all personnel necessary for the operation and development of its 
business.  Mining professionals are accustomed to relocating for the purposes of progressing 
their careers and therefore the Group’s  employees may be attracted to employment 
opportunities both in other parts of Brazil and in other countries. 
  Mitigation 
Potential Impact 
Increased staffing costs as a result in increased 
salary levels required for staff retention. 

The Group seeks to provide attractive 
remuneration and benefits arrangements 
for its staff, designed to attract and 
retain key employees. 

Reduced productivity as a result of higher 
staff turnover, unfilled vacancies and reduced 
experience and skill levels. 

The Group has established a loyal group 
of senior employees who have 
responsibility for planning and strategy. 

Bonus schemes in place to incentivise 
key employees. 

30 

then be passed to FUNAI, the 
government agency responsible for the 
Brazilian indigenous people, for their 
final approval. 

Prior to the court decision in December 
2021, in the fourth quarter of 2021 
SEMAS and FUNAI had requested, and 
the Group had agreed, to undertake an 
indigenous impact study (“ECI”) 
notwithstanding that this had not 
previously been a licencing requirement. 

The Group has not received any notices 
of a breach of any of its other licencing 
obligations and all other renewals and 
applications during 2022 were processed 
in a timely manner. 

Climate change considerations continue 
to increase as well as the awareness of 
the potential for environmental damage 
arising from mining operations. The 
Groups ability to reduce its carbon 
footprint to meet increasing 
requirements from investors and global 
initiatives will be challenging in light of 
the restrictions imposed by its 
geographical location and the limitations 
of local infrastructure both current and 
anticipated.  

Change in risk level 

  Risk Movement 

The Group has been a significant 
employer in the region for a number of 
years with little competition from other 
mining companies.  In the last 12 months 
the development of the Tocantinzinho 
gold project located approximately 60 
kms from the Palito Complex has 
commenced and the Group’s staff 
increasingly approached to work with 
this new project.  As mining operations 
have not yet started opportunities have 
tended to be in administrative and 
project planning roles but should 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
progress continue this risk is likely to 
increase. 

Change in risk level 

  Risk Movement 
  Gold prices in BRL were broadly similar 
between 2021 and 2022 with the average 
price of BRL9,218 per ounce being 4% 
lower than the average price for 2021  

The price has fluctuated between 
BRL9,300 and BRL10,300 per ounce since 
1 January 2023. 

The market price for gold appears 
relatively strong supported by 
uncertainty over inflationary effects and 
higher interest rates.  The current 
projections by economic forecasters are 
for the Brazilian Real to remain at or 
below current levels with some local 
banks projecting a rate of BRL5.50 by the 
end of 2023. 

Strategic Report  
Risks and Controls 
Principal Risk and Uncertainties 

6.  Personnel and expertise 

7.  Gold prices and exchange rates 
The Group sells all of its product into the international market and receives prices for its gold 
and other metals  linked to world market prices.  Whilst revenues are denominated in US 
Dollars the Group estimates that 85 per cent of its expenditures are undertaken in Brazilian 
Real.  It is therefore exposed to any adverse correlation between the gold price denominated in 
US Dollars and the Brazilian Real exchange rate with the US Dollar. 
Potential Impact 
Reduced operating margins and cash flow 
generation. 

  Mitigation 

Reduced ability to raise finance because of 
perceived risk. 

Restrictions on cash flow may require that 
discretionary expenditure for project 
development or exploration be reduced or 
delayed. 

The Group monitors the gold price in 
Brazilian Real to ascertain its exposure 
to gold price and exchange rate 
movements. Over the past 3 years the 
average price per ounce has not declined 
below BRL••••  for any significant 
period providing an element of stability 
for planning purposes. 

The Group has available finance 
facilities that allow it to hedge some of 
its exposure to gold price and exchange 
rate fluctuations for a period of time. 

The Group has hedged approximately 
10,000 ounces of gold production at a 
price of USD1,800 for the 12 month 
period from March 2023 to February 
2024 and also hedged its BRL exposure 
by hedging the receipts to guarantee a 
minimum exchange rate of BRL5.10 to 
USD1.00 on the sale proceeds. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in risk level 

  Risk Movement 

There  have been no recent new high-
profile proven cases of corruption, 
though the recent elections have 
generated accusations against various 
figures. 

Change in risk level 

  Risk Movement 

The Group has not experienced any 
significant increase or decrease in claims 
in the past 12 month period. 

The Group dismissed a senior member 
of its Brazilian management in 2021 on 
suspicion of fraud against the Group.  
The individual has counterclaimed for 
wrongful dismissal.  The court has 
continued to gather evidence and expert 
witness reports and received 
submissions from the parties. A formal 
hearing before the judge calling 
witnesses from both sides has not yet 
been held. 

Strategic Report  
Risks and Controls 
Principal Risk and Uncertainties 

8.  Bribery and corruption 
The Group operates in a jurisdiction that has experienced a number of well documented high 
and low level cases of bribery and corruption and it is known that certain public and private 
sector officials have been involved in bribery or other corrupt practices.  Any licence or permit 
that the Group is awarded could be rescinded in the event that it was identified that its award 
had been directly or indirectly influenced by actions of bribery or corruption. 
Potential Impact 
Loss of licences may lead to cessation of 
production, inability to develop projects or 
limit exploration opportunities. 

  Mitigation 

Engagement in bribery is likely to limit the 
Group’s competitiveness in the market place 
going forward, resulting in loss of value for 
stakeholders. 

The Group’s code of corporate 
governance specifies the measures the 
Group takes to comply with all 
applicable Anti Bribery & Corruption 
legislation. The Board, through its 
statutory oversight commitment, 
enforces adherence and management 
has implemented policies and provided 
training to all staff who have decision 
making responsibility and may in their 
day-to-day activities may be solicited to 
engage in bribery or other corrupt 
practices. 

9.  Litigation 
The Group is subject, as a matter of course, to various actions both as defendant and plaintiff.  
Actions against the Group are often brought by former employees seeking additional 
compensation related to their employment.  The court process in Brazil can be lengthy with a 
number of stages of appeal as cases progress from Municipal to State to Federal levels. As a 
result, claims may take many years to be resolved  
Potential Impact 
Uncertainty over the level of potential 
compensations claims as actions may be 
vexatious or frivolous. 

  Mitigation 

The Group has robust recruitment and 
HR measures, medical monitoring and 
accident recording and prevention to 
minimise the potential for spurious 
accident or medically related claims. 

Litigation can be time consuming and detract 
management focus from core activities. 

Contingent liabilities arising from litigation 
may impact on the Balance Sheet of the Group 
and its ability to raise finance. 

The Group employs specialist lawyers to 
manage the day to day court processes 
with the Group’s HR personnel 
providing supporting documents and 
records as required. 

The Group seeks a negotiated settlement 
if and when it considers that the 
claimant has any justified claim.  

Key 

Risk has decreased 

No change 

Risk has increased 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Environmental and Social 

Serabi  is  committed  to  delivering  value  for  all  stakeholders  through  building  a  long-term,  sustainable  mining  business. 
Through  a  series  of  programmes  and  initiatives,  the  Company  seeks  to  minimise  any  environmental  impacts  whilst 
maximising the social benefits for the local communities and broader region.  Serabi seeks to meet and exceed all operating 
standard requirements within Brazil and has the objective of achieving international best practice.  

The  Company  enjoys  strong  local  and  regional  support  and  has  an  excellent  track record from  an  environmental  perspective 
although continually strives to improve. 

Senior management and the Board have put in place a reporting regime that tracks a large number of metrics across the areas of 
environmental control, and social and community engagements.  This data is also used to provide regular reporting to the relevant 
Brazilian authorities to ensure constant compliance with all regulatory requirements. The following summarises the actions that 
Serabi has taken, and the performance achieved during the 2022 calendar year. 

Key highlights 

  Compliance with all legal, environmental and regulatory requirements to operate 

 

Steady  improvement in  health  & safety record with  ~30%  compound annual  decrease  in  lost  time  injuries  and  total 
reportable injuries since 2017 following continued focus on training and oversight  

  Responsible environmental stewardship with  

 

small footprint from underground mines with no conventional tailings dams  

  zero activity in primary rain forest 

 

continuous monitoring of air and water quality  

  maximising recycling of water and waste materials  

 

remediation of sites degraded by artisanal mining activity  

  monitoring of biodiversity and on site nursery for cultivation of indigenous plants and trees 

  62% of waste recycled or repurposed 

  Greenhouse Gas Emissions well below industry average emissions of 0.37t CO2 equivalent per ounce of gold produced, 

compared with 0.41t CO2 e/ oz in 2021 (Scope 1&2)  

 

Supporting the local economy:  

  70% of employment sourced from Para State (79% in 2021) 

  45% of procurement of goods and services sourced from Para State (64% in 2021) 

  Community & stakeholder support and engagement:  

  131 community/ stakeholder meetings held  

 

 

 

 

investment of US$500,000 in community programmes 

clean water and electricity to local communities 

road and infrastructure maintenance  

support for local indigenous communities 

  2,073  school  children  supported  with  the  donation  of  musical  instruments,  support  for  sports  events  and 

awareness campaigns, in addition to help with infrastructure and equipment 

  405 people passed through environmental education programmes 

  351 people received medical support  

  60 people participated in Young Apprentice programme 

 

Establishment of a committee of the Board of Directors with specific responsibility for monitoring ESG performance 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Environmental and Social 

Serabi  has  been  operating  for  21  years  in  the  Tapajós  region  in  the  State  of  Pará  and  has  close  cooperation  with  the  local 
communities  around its mines,  Jardim  do Ouro, Moraes  d'Almeida, Novo  Progresso  and  Itaituba.    The  Group’s  presence  has 
generated  many  jobs  and  opportunities  for  local  communities,  as  well  as  other  improvements  in  living  conditions  through 
assistance with infrastructure, educational and health projects. It is a key objective of the Group that its own successes and growth 
should also result in maximising the economic benefits for local companies and individuals and for the State of Pará. 

All of Serabi's socio-environmental activities are carried out ethically, in accordance with local laws and regulations, and aim to 
establish strong relationships with the local communities.  Through consultation we try to identify social and environmental issues 
and work with local communities to find ways to address these with sustainable and responsible solutions.  

Legal, environmental and regulatory compliance 

During 2022, Serabi remained in compliance with all legal, environmental and regulatory requirements. Other than for planned 
maintenance downtime or power outages, the Company was required to stop the plant on only a single occasion due to unplanned 
maintenance on the plant discharge systems. There were no reportable environmental incidents during the year. 

Occupational Health and Safety  

a 

Serabi  has  made 
significant 
investment  in  personal  health  and 
safety  at  work.  The  Group  has 
implemented two macro  programmes, 
the  Risk  Management  Programme 
(“PGR”)  and  the  Occupational  Health 
and  Medical  Control  Programme 
(“PCMSO”),  which  are  supplemented 
by  the  Internal  Accident  Prevention 
Commission  (“CIPA”)  and  the  Daily 
and  Environment 
Health,  Safety 
initiative 
These 
programmes  help  make  employees 
aware  of  safety 
issues  and  best 
practices to reduce the risk of accidents. 
During  2022  a  total  of  9,251  hours  of 
safety 
to 
employees, an average of 14 hours per 
employee. 

training  was  provided 

(“DSSMA”). 

Injury  rates  remained  low  during  the 
year  with  a  single  Lost-Time  Injury 
(“LTI”) 
five  Total 
Reportable Injuries (“TRIs”) compared with zero and eight respectively in 2021. Since 2017, LTIs have shown a 29.9% compound 
annual decline and TRIs have declined by a compound annual rate of 31.1%. 

reported  and 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Environmental and Social 

The  Group  undertakes  regular  health 
initiatives  for  all  its  staff  covering  matters 
such  as  mental  health,  stress  management 
sexually transmitted diseases and breast and 
prostate  cancer  awareness.    These  group 
health 
involving 
sessions 
professionals,  are  aimed  at 
improving 
understanding, prevention and treatment of 
these and other health problems. 

specialist 

Environmental Stewardship 

Operating within the Amazon basin brings additional responsibility on Serabi as well as added scrutiny. The Company welcomes 
this scrutiny and at all times seeks to minimise its impact on the environment and maintains a policy of undertaking zero activity 
within primary rain forest.  

Continuous monitoring of any impacts the Company may have ensure adherence to the required standards and also allows the 
Company to identify any issues that may arise and address them. Eighty three environmental monitoring stations are established 
across each of the Group’s operating sites, measuring the quality  of air and surface, underground  and potable  water , whilst 
measuring noise and vibration levels and controlling the risk of effluent leakage. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Environmental and Social 

In addition to the monitoring described above, the Company undertakes annual surveys of biodiversity at its operating sites. This 
is both to monitor the general health of biodiversity but also identify any endangered or threatened species. With the tight controls 
on  suppression  of  vegetation  and  protection  of  wildlife,  Serabi’s  operating  sites  are  typically  more  densely  forested  than  the 
surrounding area which is frequently cleared for farming. As such, the operating sites become havens for wildlife with a broad 
spectrum  of  mammals,  birds,  amphibians  and  reptiles  identified.  Mammal  species  in  particular  were  found  to  be  in  higher 
concentrations than expected. 

Serabi has a nursery in which it grows native trees for rehabilitating deforested areas including areas impacted by historic artisanal 
mining activity and areas licenced for suppression by the Company to undertake exploration activities.  

During 2023, a programme has been  initiated  to plant 1,400 native trees  around  the Palito mine site, whilst we anticipate  that 
approximately 6,800 square meters will be revegetated across the three mining areas. 

Serabi aims to maximise the amount of process plant water it recycles to minimise its fresh water demand. In total 32% of process 
water was recycled during 2022, down from 51% during 2021 due to modifications in the process plant although the overall water 
usage declined by almost 10% from 331,000m3 in 2021 to 302,000m3 in 2022. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Environmental and Social 

In addition, the Company has a policy of recycling as much waste material as possible, achieving a level of 62% during the year. 

Greenhouse Gas Emissions 

With a small footprint and high grade deposit, Serabi sits well below the industry average for greenhouse gas emissions with 0.37 
tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent emitted per ounce of gold produced (compared with the industry average of 0.8t CO2 e/oz 
from 2019) based on Scope 1 & 2 (direct emissions and indirect emissions from energy consumption respectively). 

The Company relies on diesel generators for power during the day and for all its mining fleet, using grid power, mainly hydro-
electric (“HEP”), to run the plant at night. As the grid power infrastructure and reliability improves, the Company will increase 
its usage of HEP and thereby further reduce its greenhouse gas emissions. 

Supporting the local economy:  

Serabi seeks to ensure its activity maximises the benefits to the local region. 70% of employees come from Para State and 32% are 
from  the  immediate communities.  Year  on  year we  continue  to  try  and increase  the  numbers  of  staff  recruited  from  both  the 
neighbouring communities and the wider State of Para.  In addition, the Company tries to maximise its procurement of goods 
and services locally, with 45% of its requirements sourced from Para State and 32% sourced from within 100km of its operating 
sites.  

Community programmes  

The  Group’s  community  and  social  relations 
professionals  undertake  regular  meetings  with  the 
neighbouring communities to understand the needs 
of  the  local residents, as well as explaining the role 
that  Serabi  can  play  in  improving  community  life.  
These  meetings  with  residents'  associations  and 
community  representatives  and  the  programmes 
that  are  generated  through  this  dialogue,  help 
strengthen ties with the community and reinforce the 
positive  benefits  that  our  operations  bring  to  the 
region.  Of a total of 58 requests the Group is pleased 
that it was able to provide assistance to satisfy a total 
of  42  of  these  requests.    In  total  approximately 
US$500,000  was  provided  to  community  support 
programmes during 2022. 

Our staff have also run health awareness campaigns 
in  the  local  communities,  provided  environmental 
educational  programmes  including  waste  disposal 
and  recycling  facilities,  and  provided  continued 
support for local vaccination programmes. 

We have also established partnerships with key groups including the City Hall of Novo Progresso and Lions Club International 
for road maintenance activities and health projects respectively.  We are also providing financial support to an educational, and 
training initiative in Novo Progresso supporting a school of jewellery manufacture and craftsmanship and developing new skills 
and opportunities for residents in the community. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Environmental and Social 

We are constantly seeking to maximise the opportunities that can be made available to the local workforce and provide assistance 
with training and support in a number of fields. At school level 
we have established a partnership with the schools in Moraes 
Almeida  to  stimulate  and  improve  the  reading  skills  of 
students,  created a  young  apprentices programme  providing 
an opportunity for young people to prepare for working life, 
and are developing a technical training programme for young 
adults.   

Community health  

Serabi,  through  its  own  medical  staff,  supports  communities 
such  as  São  Chico  and  Jardin  do  Ouro  with  medical  and 
emergency care and for more serious cases the Group provides 
an ambulance to take patients to hospitals.  

Indigenous population  
Interaction with indigenous communities is strictly controlled 
by  legislation,  and  Serabi  has  worked  with  government 
agencies to bring about improvements in the levels and quality 
of water supply to the Kayapó community. During 2022, the Group, through its consultants and in collaboration with FUNAI the 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
Environmental and Social 

government agency for indigenous communities, undertook an impact assessment study for the Group’s Coringa project.  During 
this process we have continued to receive very positive support and encouragement from the indigenous communities. 

Diversity 
The following table summarises the levels of staff, by gender, employed by the Group at the end of 2022. 

Board 
Administrative offices 
Palito Mine 
Sao Chico Mine 
Coringa Mine 

Male 

Female 

Number 
6 
9 
542 
16 
38 

(per cent) 
100% 
50% 
95% 
80% 
84% 

Number 
— 
9 
30 
4 
7 

(per cent) 
0% 
50% 
5% 
20% 
16% 

This Strategic Report was approved by the Board on 2 May 2023 
By order of the Board 

Clive Line 
Company Secretary 
2 May 2023 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance 

Contents 

41  Board of Directors 
43  Governance Report 
51  Audit Committee Report 
57  Remuneration Committee Report 
71  Sustainability Committee 
72  Directors’ Report 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Board of Directors 

Michael Lynch-Bell,  
Non-Executive Chair 

Mike Hodgson,  
Chief Executive 

Clive Line,  
Finance Director and Company 
Secretary 

of 

exploration 

Clive is a Chartered Accountant and 
has  been  involved  in  mining  and 
natural  resources  companies  since 
1987,  overseeing  financial  and  legal 
affairs 
and 
development projects and producing 
operations in Africa, Europe and the 
former Soviet Union. Having worked 
with  Price  Waterhouse  in  both  the 
UK  and  Australia,  he  joined  Cluff 
Resources plc in 1987, where he was 
finance  director  prior  to  its  sale  to 
Ashanti  Gold  and 
the 
privately-owned  Quest  Petroleum 
Group  in  a  similar  position  in  1993. 
Following  the  successful  sale of  this 
group he became involved with both 
Eurasia  Mining  plc  and  Northern 
Petroleum  plc,  both  of  which  were 
admitted  to  AIM  in  1996.  Between 
1999  and  2005  he  worked  as  a 
divisional finance director within the 
Interpublic Group, one of the world’s 
largest  marketing  services  groups, 
prior to joining Serabi in 2005. 

joining 

He  has  an  Honours  degree 
in 
Accounting  and  Finance  and  is  a 
member of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants of England and Wales. 

to 

Michael  spent  a  38-year  career  with 
Ernst  &  Young  (EY),  having  led  its 
Global  Oil  and  Gas,  UK  IPO  and 
Global  Oil  and  Gas  and  Mining 
transaction  advisory  practices.  He 
was  a  member  of  EY’s  Assurance 
Practice  from 1974  to 1996, when he 
transferred 
the  Transaction 
Advisory  Practice.  He  was  also  UK 
Alumni sponsor and a member of the 
firm’s  Europe,  Middle  East,  India, 
and  Africa  and  Global  Advisory 
Councils.  He  retired  from  EY  as  a 
partner  in  2012  and  continued  as  a 
consultant 
firm  until 
November  2013.    He  is  also  a  non-
executive  director  of  London-listed 
Gem  Diamonds  Limited, 
and 
independent 
non-executive 
chairman  of  ASX-listed  Little  Green 
Pharma. 

the 

to 

to 

services 

technical 

Mike  has  worked  in  the  mining 
industry  for  over  30  years  and  has 
extensive  international  experience. 
Prior to joining Serabi, he worked as 
chief  operating  officer  and  vice 
president 
for 
Canadian-based  Orvana  Minerals 
Corporation.  Prior 
that,  he 
provided  consulting  services  to  a 
number  of  mining  companies  in 
Europe and South America. Previous 
appointments  include  manager  of 
technical services and operations for 
TVX  Gold  Inc.,  mining  technical 
consultant 
Howe 
International Ltd and similar roles at 
Rio 
and  Zambia 
Consolidated Copper Mines Ltd. He 
has,  during  his  career,  acquired 
extensive  experience  in  narrow vein 
underground mining operations. 

Tinto 

ACA 

plc 

at 

Mr Lynch-Bell (FCA) graduated with 
and 
a  BA  Hons  Economics 
of 
(University 
Accountancy 
Sheffield)  and  is  a  member  of  the 
Institute of Chartered Accountants in 
England and Wales. 

Committee membership: 

ACh 

R 

Originally  qualified 
in  mining 
geology,  Mike  is  a  Fellow  of  the 
Institute  of  Materials,  Minerals  and 
Mining, a Chartered Engineer of the 
Engineering  Council  of  UK  and  a 
“Qualified  Person”  in  accordance 
with  Canadian  National  Instrument 
43-101 –  Standards of Disclosure for 
Mineral Projects. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACh 

A 

RCh 

R 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Board of Directors 

Mark Sawyer, 
Non-Executive 

Major  in  Finance  from  Universidad 
Católica de Chile. 

co-founded 

Mark 
Greenstone 
Resources  in  2013  after  a  16  year 
career  in  the  mining  sector.  Prior  to 
establishing  Greenstone,  Mr  Sawyer 
was  GM  and  Co-Head  Group 
Business Development at Xstrata plc 
for 
where  he  was 
and 
originating, 
business 
negotiating 
development 
for 
Xstrata.  Prior  to  Xstrata  Mr  Sawyer 
held senior roles at Cutfield Freeman 
& Co (a boutique corporate advisory 
firm  in  the  mining  industry)  and  at 
Rio Tinto plc.  

evaluating 
new 
opportunities 

responsible 

Mark qualified as a lawyer and has a 
law degree from the University of 
Southampton. 

Committee membership: 

A 

RCh 

Carolina Margozizni, 
Non-Executive 

Latin  America, 

Carolina 
is  Principal  of  Private 
Equity & Venture Capital at Megeve 
Investments  (“Megeve”),  where  she 
is  focused  on  direct  private  equity 
investments  in  Mining  and  Energy 
within 
and 
technology 
investments  globally. 
Megeve  is  an  investment  adviser  to 
Fratelli.  She  currently  serves  as 
Board Member at Haldeman Mining 
Company,  a  copper  and  gold 
producer in Chile, and at Colgener, a 
Colombian 
Company. 
Energy 
Previously, 
she  was  Head  of 
Research  and  Financial  Analysis  at 
fishery  and  salmon 
Blumar,  a 
farming  company.  She  started  her 
career  in  Investment  Banking  at  the 
local  branch  of  Citibank,  where  she 
gained  experience  in  M&A,  Equity, 
and Debt Capital Markets.  

Carolina  has  a  bachelor’s  degree  in 
Business  and Administration  with  a 

Committee membership: 

Audit Committee Chair 

Audit Committee Member 

Remuneration Committee 
Chair 

Remuneration Committee 
Member 

R 

Luis Azevedo, 
Non-Executive 

a 

is 

on 

natural 

industry 
resource 
Luis 
professional 
significant 
with 
international experience. He is both a 
licensed  lawyer  and  geologist  with 
over 27 years of business and mining 
experience,  specifically  in Brazil. He 
is currently the Managing Partner at 
FFA  Legal  Ltda,  a  legal  firm  he 
founded with its main office in Rio de 
Janeiro, Brazil, and which is focused 
solely 
resources 
companies.  Mr  Azevedo  is  also  an 
Executive  Director  of  Harvest 
Minerals Limited and Jangada Mines 
plc,  GK  Resources  Ltd, 
and 
for  Western 
previously  worked 
Mining  Corporation,  Barrick  Gold 
Corporation 
Harsco 
Corporation.  Mr  Azevedo  was 
formerly  an  executive  director  of 
Avanco  Resources  Ltd  and  is  now 
Chair of the Brazil advisory board to 
Oz Minerals Ltd. 

and 

degree 

Mr  Azevedo  received  a  geology 
degree from UERJ – Universidade do 
Estado  do  Rio  de  Janeiro  in  1986,  a 
law 
Faculdade 
Integradas Cândido Mendes in 1992, 
and  a  post  graduate  degree  from 
PUC-Rio,  Pontifícia  Universidade 
Católica of Rio de Janeiro in 1995. 

from 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Governance Report 

Introduction from the Chair 

Dear Shareholders 

I  assumed  the  role  of  Non-Executive  Chair  on  8  August  2022,  the  appointment  of  an  independent  Chair  having  been  a  key 
recommendation arising from an independent assessment of the Board and its operation completed for the Group in February 
2022.  My approach towards governance, alongside that of my fellow directors, is that we all recognise the importance and value 
of sound governance practices and support the principles of continuing to develop appropriate and good corporate governance 
which can underpin Serabi’s operations. In this section we set out the Group’s governance arrangements and provide further 
information on how the Board and its Board Committees operate. The year in review was challenging for Serabi but prompt action 
by  management  supported  by  the  Board  has  ensured  that  it  is  in  a  considerably  stronger  position  than  some  might  have 
anticipated a year ago.  It has some exciting  growth opportunities during 2023 and important strategic decisions to maximise 
returns to stakeholders. 

Whilst I and the rest of your Board will continue to work closely with management on the operational and financial aspects of the 
business, I will also be focussed on enhancing some other aspects and in particular to ensure that the Board is closely monitoring 
the Group’s health, safety,  social and environmental obligations  and also improving its level of  ESG  reporting and seeking  to 
ensure  that  it  is meeting  best  practice.   Increasingly  we are seeing  institutional  investors adopting  stricter mandates for  their 
qualifying investments and we need to ensure that Serabi continues to attract the widest possible investor audience.  We have 
now established a Sustainability Committee and its initial scope is summarised in this Annual Report.  The remit of the Audit 
Committee will be expanded to include risk and compliance matters during this year, ensuring that the Board is fully compliant 
with its governance obligations.  

The Board has overall responsibility for setting the Group’s strategic aims, defining the business plan and strategy and managing 
the financial and operational resources of the Group. The delivery and implementation of the business plan and strategy resides 
with the Executive  Directors  and the executive team  (senior management) who in  turn are supported by  a range of functional 
teams, and external service providers as required. As Serabi continues to pursue its growth objectives, good corporate governance 
and culture continue to be of the utmost importance, I look forward to engaging with all of our stakeholders, as we seek to create 
value and  operate ethically and responsibly. 

Michael D Lynch Bell 
Chairman 
2 May 2023 

Corporate Governance Statement 

This Governance Report incorporates the Audit Committee Report on page 51, the Remuneration Committee Report on page 
57, the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 65 and the Directors’ Report on page 72 

Since  1  September  2018,  the  Directors,  being  committed  to  the  principles  underlying  best  practice  in  corporate  governance, 
adopted the Corporate Governance Code (“the QCA Code”) prepared by the Quoted Companies Alliance (“QCA”). In addition, 
the Group as a result of the listing of its shares on the TSX is obliged to comply with Canadian National Policy 58-201 – Corporate 
Governance Guidelines which establishes corporate governance guidelines  that apply  to all  public  companies.  The Group has 
instituted corporate governance practices  that also, where practical, take consideration  of these guidelines.   The Group  is also 
subject to the UK City Code of Takeovers and Mergers. 

The QCA Code sets out 10 principles of corporate governance that the Company should adopt.  The table below sets out the ten 
principles and how the Company has applied them, to gether with further references on where more detailed information can be 
found  in  this  report  and  on  the  website.   Details  of  how  the  Company  applies  each  of  the  principles  can  be  located  at 
http://www.serabigold.com/corporate/corporate-governance). 

Governance principles 
Establish  a  strategy  and  business 
model  to  promote  long-term  value 
for stakeholders 

Compliance /Application 
The Group is 
 

is focussed on pursuing gold mining opportunities in Brazil appropriate 

to the Group’s size and capabilities, 
 

will 

identify  and  evaluate  high  quality  opportunities 

through 

exploration or acquisition, 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Governance Report 

Governance principles 

Compliance /Application 
 

expects  to  plan,  finance  and  build  new  mines  in  a  timely  and  cost-

effective manner, and 
 

will seek continuous operational improvements to maximise value. 

Further details are set  out in  the section Strategy and  Business Model earlier in 
this Annual Report. 

Understanding  Shareholder  Needs 
and Expectation 

The  Board  is  committed  to  providing  shareholders  with  clear  and  timely 
information  on  Serabi’s  activities,  strategy  and  financial  position.  General 
communication with shareholders is coordinated by the Chief Executive Officer 
and the Chief Financial Officer together with the Business Development Manager. 

The Group  publishes on its website  a range of information which helps current 
and  potential  shareholders  to make  an assessment  of  the  Group’s  position  and 
prospects. 

The  Board  maintains  a  regular  dialogue  with  the  Group’s  major  institutional 
investors,  providing  them  with  such  information  on  the  Group’s  progress  as 
commercial  confidentiality,  market  abuse  rules  and  other  legal  requirements 
permit. 

The  Group  acknowledges  that  the  majority  of  its  private  investors  hold  their 
shares  via  nominee  shareholders  and  may  not  be  able  to  fully  exploit  their 
shareholder  rights  effectively.  The  Group  attends  selected  industry  events  at 
which management are available to engage with private investors and provides 
published  interviews  with  media  outlets  to  coincide  with  key  news  flow  and 
events. 

The  Group  has  staff  dedicated  to  ensuring  that  it  has  active  relationships 
with local communities who are within the vicinity of its operations to understand 
their concerns and expectations, thereby seeking to ensure mutually beneficial co-
operation  for  both  sides.  The  Group  is  subject  to  oversight  by  a  number  of 
different governmental and other bodies who directly or indirectly are involved 
with  the  licensing  and  approval  process  of  mining  operations  in  Brazil. 
Additionally,  given  the  nature  of  the  Group’s  business,  there  are  other  parties 
who, whilst not having regulatory power, nonetheless have interest in seeing that 
the Group conducts its operations in a safe, responsible, ethical and conscientious 
manner. The Group makes all reasonable efforts, directly or through its advisers, 
to engage in and maintain active dialogue with each of these governmental and 
non-governmental bodies, to ensure that any issues faced by the Group, including 
but  not  limited  to  regulations  or  proposed  changes  to  regulations,  are  well 
understood  and  ensuring  to  the  fullest  extent  possible  that  the  Group  is  in 
compliance  with  all  appropriate  regulation,  standards  and  specific  licensing 
obligations, including environmental, social and safety, at all times. 

Further details are set out in the Stakeholder Engagement section of the Strategic 
Report. 

The  Board  of  Directors  and  the  members  of  the  Audit  Committee  and  Senior 
Management consider that they have identified and assessed the principal risks 
and uncertainties and the actions required to mitigate against these.  
Significant decisions are deliberated by the Board following robust consideration 
of any exposure to identified risks, and the associated risk tolerance and appetite. 

Details of the Board’s assessment of the Risks and Controls are set out on pages 
25 to 32. 

44 

Considering Wider Stakeholder and 
Social Responsibilities 

Risk Management 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Governance Report 

Governance principles 

Compliance /Application 

A  well-functioning  and  balanced 
Board of Directors 

Appropriate Skills and Experience of 
the Directors 

Evaluation of Board Performance 

The  Board  comprises  two  members  of  the  executive  management,  two 
shareholder  representatives  and  three  other 
independent  non-executives 
including the Chair.  The Board meets regularly and receives monthly operational 
financial  and  other  reports  from  the  executive management.    Whilst  two  of  the 
non-executive  directors are not considered  to be independent by virtue of  their 
relationship with significant shareholders, nonetheless  the Board considers that 
as a whole it is able to exercise independent judgment and the role of a Directors 
is restricted in the event of any potential conflict of interest. 
The Board meets on a regular basis and during 2022 met a total of 15 times.  The 
frequency  of  Board  meetings,  as  well  as  the  nature  of  agenda  items,  varies 
depending on the state of the Group’s affairs and in light of opportunities or risks 
which the Group faces. 

See  pages  43  to  50  of  the  Governance  Report  for  further  information  on  our 
Governance Framework, how the Board functions, the number of meetings held 
and the work carried out by the Board and its committees throughout the year in 
review. 

The  current  balance  of  skills  in  the  Board  as  a  whole  reflects  a  broad  range  of 
commercial and professional skills across geographies and the natural resources 
industry and each of the Directors has previous experience in public markets. Of 
its seven members, its membership covers three nationalities, and includes two 
Directors  with  strong  technical  mining  and  geological  expertise,  two  Directors 
with financial backgrounds, one Director with a legal background specialising in 
the  natural  resources  sector  in  Brazil  and  two  Directors  bringing  investment 
banking and corporate finance experience.  

See pages 41 to 42 for further details on each of the Directors. 

Over  a  period  between  November  2021  and  February  2022,  an  independent 
evaluation  was  undertaken  by  Board  Excellence,  an  international  board 
consultancy practice. The core objectives were to  complete an  assessment of the 
Board’s effectiveness, performance and compliance with 
 
 
  Relevant aspects of the UK Corporate Governance Code (2018) 
  UK Financial Reporting Council Guidance on Board effectiveness (July 2018) 
 
 

Internationally recognised board best practices 
Board Excellence’s own experience and board best practices 

The QCA Corporate Governance Code 
TSX Governance requirements 

The  report  highlighted  the  need  to  improve  the  current  system  of  corporate 
governance.    The  recommendation  of  Board  Excellence was  that  this  should  be 
undertaken  under  the  guidance  and  leadership  of  an  independent  chairperson 
who was appointed in August 2022.  Other areas that the review highlighted for 
action includedJ 
 
 
 

increased levels of independence and diversity 
a reduction in the size of the Board whilst prioritising gender diversity 
for the Audit Committee to assume a greater role in Group’s risk management 
framework including Cyber risks 
that on  at least an  annual basis the  Board review and  agree its  strategy and 
establishes  a  set  of  key  financial  and  non-financial  KPIs  to  monitor 
performance against that strategy on a monthly basis. 

 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Governance Report 

Governance principles 

Corporate Culture 

Maintenance 
Structures and Processes 

of 

Governance 

Shareholder Communication 

 
 
 

 

 

 

Compliance /Application 
 

that  an  annual  cycle  be  established  for  consideration  by  the  Board  of  key 
matters such as risk management, strategy, budget approval and succession 
planning. 
outsourcing of the Group Secretarial function 
developing templates for the preparation of Board papers 
development of an appropriate succession plan for the senior executives 

The Board through its actions and direction has sought to establish a corporate 
culture  that  places  emphasis  on  the  Group’s  and  the  Board’s  cultural 
priorities: 
Social responsibility  – working closely with communities to ensure  that the 
Group’s  operations  bring  enhancements  to  the  lives  of  those  that  might  be 
most affected by the Group’s presence in the area; 
Transparency – the Group should be open in its dealings with all stakeholders, 
clear in its objectives and aims  and cognisant and sympathetic to  the needs 
and requirements of stakeholders; 

  Health and Safety – whilst recognising the inherent risks that are present in 
the industry, actively encouraging a working environment and work practices 
within the Group’s operations,  that strive  to minimise and eliminate risk to 
personnel wherever possible; 

  Risk  management  –  the  Board  encourages,  through  its  decision  making 
process, that management properly evaluates and considers the implications 
of  decisions  (operational, financial or  otherwise) on  the  long-term  future  of 
the  business,  seeking  to  ensure  that  risk  is  adequately  managed  and 
minimised; and 
Sustainability – the Board considers that it has a responsibility to stakeholders 
to  ensure  that  the  business  is  able  to  deliver  long-term  benefits  whether, 
financial,  social  or  environmental  and  ensuring  that  decisions  do  not  have 
longer-term implications that would jeopardise the long-term sustainability 
of the Group 

 

Ultimate authority for all aspects of the  Group’s  activities rests with the  Board, 
with  the  responsibilities  of  the  Executive  Directors  arising  as  a  consequence  of 
delegation by the Board. 

The Board has adopted appropriate delegations of authority which set out matters 
which are reserved to the Board. 

The  Chairperson  is  responsible  for  the  effectiveness  of  the  Board,  while 
management of the Group’s business and primary contact with shareholders has 
been  delegated  by  the  Board  to  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  the  Finance 
Director. 

The Board has established an Audit Committee, a Remuneration Committee and 
a Project Steering Committee who undertake certain oversight responsibilities on 
behalf of and report back to the Board . 

The Board reports to  the shareholders on its stewardship of the Group through 
the  publication  of  quarterly  operational  updates  and  quarterly  and  full  year 
financial  results.  News  releases  are  issued  throughout  the  year  and  the  Group 
maintains  a  website  (www.serabigold.com)  on  which  press  releases,  corporate 
presentations  and  the  Report  and  Financial  Statements  are  available  to  view. 
Additionally, this Report and Financial Statements contains extensive information 
about the Group’s activities. Enquiries from individual shareholders on matters 
relating  to  the  business  of  the  Group  are  welcomed.  Shareholders  and  other 
interested parties can subscribe to receive notification of news updates and other 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Governance Report 

Governance principles 

Compliance /Application 
documents from the Group via email. In  addition, the Executive  Directors meet 
with  major  shareholders  to  discuss  the  progress  of  the  Group  and  provide 
periodic feedback to the Board following meetings with shareholders. 

The  Annual  General  Meeting, and  other  meetings  of  shareholders  that may  be 
called by the Group from time to time, provide an opportunity for communication 
with all shareholders and the Board encourages the shareholders  to attend and 
welcomes  their  participation.  The  Board  is  committed  to  maintaining  good 
communication  and  having  constructive  dialogue  with  its  shareholders.  The 
Group has close ongoing relationships with its private shareholders. Institutional 
shareholders  and  analysts  can  discuss  issues  and  provide feedback  at meetings 
with  the  Group.  In  addition  to  its  Annual  Report  the  Group  provides  detailed 
quarterly reports outlining operational and financial performance in each quarter. 

The outcome and detailed results of shareholder votes are reported following each 
meeting  of  shareholders.  There  has  been  no  instance  in any  recent shareholder 
meeting  whereby  the  votes  cast  have  not  been  substantially  in  favour  of  the 
resolutions  proposed  by  the  Board.  If  a  significant  number  of  the  independent 
votes cast (greater than 20%) were not cast in favour of a resolution, the Board and 
management  would  seek  to  better  understand  that  vote  and  consider  taking 
actions as a result of that vote. 

Board of Directors and operation of the Board 

The Board is currently comprised of the Chief Executive, Mr Mike Hodgson, the Financial Director, Mr Clive Line and five Non-
executive  Directors.    Of  the  Non-executive  Directors,  Mr  Michael  Lynch-Bell,  Mr  Luis  Azevedo  and  Mr  Aquiles  Alegria  are 
considered  to be independent, whilst Ms Carolina Margozzini  and Mr Mark Sawyer,  under the QCA Code,  by virtue of being 
appointed representatives of significant shareholders, are not considered to be independent. Biographical details of the current 
Directors are set out on the Group’s website and on page 41 and 42 of this report.   

Board composition during the year under review 

Name 

Role 

Independent 

Period of 
service at 31 Dec 
2022 

Date of 
appointment 

Date of 
resignation 

Executives 
Michael Hodgson 
Clive Line 

CEO 
CFO 

No 
No 

15 yrs 11 mths 
17 yrs 9 mths 

1 February 2007 
14 March 2005 

Non executives 
Michael Lynch-Bell  Non-executive Chairperson 
Aquiles Alegria 
Non-executive Director 
Non-executive Director 
Luis Azevedo 
Nicolas Bañados (1) (3)  Non-executive Director 
Non-executive Director 
Mark Sawyer (2) 
T Sean Harvey 
Non-executive Director 
Eduardo Rosselot (1)  Non-executive Director 
(1)  Shareholder nominated Director representing Fratelli Investments Limited. 
(2)  Shareholder nominated Director representing Greenstone Resources II LP. 
(3)  On 24 January 2023, Ms. Carolina Margozzini was appointed to the Board as the representative of Fratelli Investments Limited replacing 

8 August 2022 
7 July 2014 
27 April 2020 
13 May 2013 
23 March 2018 
30 March 2011 
2 October 2012 

5 mths 
8 yrs 6 mths 
2 yrs 8 mths 
9 yrs 7 mths 
4 yrs 9 mths 
N/A 
N/A 

Yes 
Yes 
Yes 
No 
No 
Yes 
No 

28 June 2022 
8 August 2022 

24 January 2023 

10 March 2023 

Mr Nicolas Bañados. 

The Board has established an Audit Committee and a Remuneration Committee, particulars of which are set out in this report. 
The Board has not at this time felt it necessary to establish a separate Nominations Committee and considers that this responsibility 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Governance Report 

can be discharged by the Remuneration Committee currently or, if the circumstances so dictate, the Board as a whole.  The Board 
is in the process of establishing a Sustainability Committee.  At the present time the Board takes collective responsibility for all 
other aspects of Corporate Governance. 

Additionally, the Board has appointed an Executive Committee to oversee and coordinate the day-to-day running of the Group. 
It is  empowered to make decisions over a number of areas without reference to the full Board and  specifically  to deal with all 
matters relating to the daily operation of the Group. 

The Executive Committee comprises the Chief Executive and the Finance Director. The Executive Committee is responsible for 
the  daily operation  of  the Group  and  for  making  recommendations  to  the  Board  regarding  short  and  medium-term  budgets, 
targets and overall objectives and strategies for the Group.  

The Chief Executive and the Finance Director are full-time employees of the Company whilst each of the Non-executive Directors 
are considered to be part time but are expected to commit as much of their time to the Company as is required.  

Board function and activities during the year 

The Board is collectively responsible for the long-term success of the Group and is therefore responsible for setting the strategic 
objectives  and  ensuring  they  are  properly  pursued.    In  addition,  the  Board  ensures  that  major  business  risks  are  actively 
monitored and managed and to be accountable to the all the Group’s stakeholders.  Principal decisions of the Board are those 
which potentially  have  a  long-term  strategic impact  and  are material  to  the Group,  and/or  are  significant  to  key  stakeholder 
groups.  In making the following principal decisions, the Board considered how they would affect its stakeholders, the need to 
maintain a reputation for high standards of business conduct, the impact on the environment and the need to act fairly between 
the members of the Group: 

1)  Approval of operational plans and financial forecasts. 

The  Board  considers  management’s  operational  plans  and  proposed  exploration  and  development  proposals  on  an 
annual basis and any updates or variations that are submitted for approval during the course of the year.  The evaluation 
process  includes  detailed  discussions  with  management,  and  due  consideration  of  the  operational  risks,  economic 
assumptions and the reasonableness of other estimates or judgements made by management.  The Board will require 
management  to  submit  revised  plans  and  forecast  if,  during  the  period,  it  is  appropriate  to  consider  that  any 
assumptions, estimates or judgements may no longer be reasonable, or matters have arisen that impact on the ability to 
achieve the plans or the outcomes expected. 

2)  Continuation of the Coringa mine development and processing of ore recovered at Palito. 

In July 2021, the Group commenced work to establish the mine portal for the Serra Vein.  Initially undertaken to expose 
the veins and obtain better understanding of the ore body.  The Board approved the continued development of Coringa 
during 2022, and management’s recommendation to start processing of ore being recovered using the gold plant located 
at Palito. 

3)  Adjustment of 2022 annual production guidance in light of operational issues identified at the São Chico mine. 

At  São  Chico,  dilution  in  the  Julia  Vein  from  mechanised  long  hole  open  stoping  was  higher  than  expected  as  a 
consequence of the presence of parallel and cross cutting faults and intrusive dykes which post-date the ore. The Board 
supported management’s decision to adjust the mining method on the Julia Vein and introduce selective open stoping, 
the method used successfully on the Palito orebody.  

4)  Adjustment  of  2022  production  plan  and  underground  drilling  programmes  to  prioritise  securing  long  term 

production at Palito. 
Following the first  quarter production issues at  São Chico, management recommended that underground drilling be 
focussed  at  Palito  to  build  the  mineral  resource  inventory  and  secure  medium-term  options  to  sustain  production.  
Underground  drilling  at  São  Chico was  deferred  and management  recommended using  development of  Coringa  to 
provide additional gold production to replace gold production lost from São Chico. 

5)  Temporary suspension of mining activities at São Chico. 

Management have identified that for 2023, the process plant can be kept at close to capacity with the processing of ore 
from the Palito and Coringa deposits.  Ore from both these deposits is amenable to ore-sorting and therefore the resultant 
feed grade  is projected to  be higher than can be recovered from  the São Chico deposit.  Management have therefore 
recommended a temporary suspension of mining activity from  the São Chico deposit.  This allows adequate time to 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Governance Report 

undertake  both  surface  and  underground  drilling  programme  at  São  Chico  to  increase  the  mineral  inventory  and 
evaluate other potential nearby areas for future mining. 

6)  Temporary suspension of further ramp development at Coringa. 

Final  approval  allowing  plant and  additional  site  infrastructure  construction  to commence at Coringa,  which  is also 
considered  a  catalyst  for  securing  debt  funding,  continues  to  be  delayed  whilst  additional  reports  and  procedures 
beyond those originally requested are prepared and finalised.   The Board has therefore  agreed with management to 
cease further ramp development until these approvals  and external funding  are  available.  Gold production for  2023 
will not be affected by this decision. 

7)  Securing short-term working capital bank facilities. 

Following  the  reduced  levels  of  production  in  the  first  quarter  of  2022  and  the  expectation  of  lower  levels  of  gold 
production than previously forecast, the Board approved the Group obtaining a short-term working capital loan in May 
2022.   They approved a further facility in February 2023 ensuring that  the Group  has adequate  liquidity to  repay the 
initial 2022 loan at maturity. 

8)  Hedging of gold prices and exchange rates 

Management  has  negotiated  unsecured  hedging facilities with  a major financial  institution  allowing it  to undertake 
hedging  transactions  with  a  prescribed  credit  limit.    The  Board  approved,  in  February  2023,  management’s 
recommendation to use hedging arrangement over the sales proceeds from approximately 10,000 ounces of production 
over a 12 month period to secure some of the cash flow for 2023 allowing the Group to commit to capital expenditure 
programmes. 

 Attendance at Board and committee meetings 

During  2022,  the  Board  held  15  Board  meetings.    Attendance  by  each  of  the  Directors  at  these  meetings  and  meetings  of  its 
committees are as set out in the table below. There is no fixed time commitment imposed on each of the Non-executive Directors, 
however, it is expected that each individual will and is in a position to commit to whatever time requirement is necessary at any 
time during the year and throughout the year.  

Board meetings 
(Attended / Held) 

Audit Committee 
meetings 
(Attended/Held) 

Remuneration Committee 
meetings 
(Attended/Held) 

Director 

Michael Hodgson 

Clive Line 

Aquiles Alegria 

Luis Azevedo 

Nicolas Bañados 

Michael Lynch-Bell 

Mark Sawyer 

Sean Harvey 

15/15 

15/15 

10/15 

14/15 

12/15 

5/5 (1) 

13/15 

8/9 (2) 

Eduardo Rosselot 

10/10 (2) 

Following date of appointment 

(1) 
(2)  Up to date of resignation 

Election and re-election of Directors 

– 

– 

– 

– 

4/4 

2/2 (1) 

4/4 

2/2 (2) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1/1 

0/0 (1) 

1/1 

1/1 (2) 

– 

Executive and Non-executive Directors are subject to re-election usually at the Company’s Annual General Meeting (“AGM”), at 
intervals of no more than three years. Any Director appointed by the Board during the year shall automatically be subject to re-
election at the next AGM following their appointment.  At the forthcoming Annual General Meeting, it is expected that Mr Michael 
Hodgson and Mr Luis Azevedo will  retire  and being  eligible  put themselves  forward for re-election.  In addition, Mr Michael 
Lynch-Bell and Ms Carolina Margozzini, who were both appointed to the Board during the period since the last Annual General 
Meeting, are required to submit themselves for re-election by the shareholders in accordance with the Company’s Articles. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Governance Report 

Board Independence and Conflicts of Interest 

The Board is satisfied that, as a whole, it is able to exercise independent judgement.  The Articles of Association of the Company 
have  already  been specifically  amended  to  restrict  the  role of  the  Directors  in  any situation where  there  is  considered  to  be  a 
conflict of interest and  requiring such conflicted  Director(s) to abstain from voting and participation  in any meeting or voting 
where the matter giving rise to the conflict is to be considered.  The Company has also entered into Relationship Agreements with 
each of Fratelli Investments Limited (“Fratelli”) and Greenstone Resources II LP (“Greenstone”), its two principal shareholders, 
details of which are set out in the Annual Information Form filed by the Group on SEDAR on 9 April 2020 and available on the 
Group’s website.    The  Relationship Agreements  inter alia  require  that (i)  the  Company  is capable of  carrying on  its business 
independently of each of Fratelli and Greenstone; (ii) transactions between any member of the Group and any member of either 
Fratelli or Greenstone are made at arm's length on a normal commercial basis and approved by Directors independent of Fratelli 
or Greenstone as appropriate; (iii) any disputes between Fratelli and/or Greenstone and any member of the Group shall be dealt 
with by a committee of the independent Directors; (iv) the selection, approval and removal of senior management and Executive 
Directors shall be subject to the approval of a majority of the Non-executive Directors of the Company; and  (v) neither Fratelli 
nor Greenstone shall take any action as a result of which there would be fewer than two Directors independent of Fratelli and 
Greenstone. 

The  Board  of  the  Company  may  meet  without  management  when  any  Board  meetings  are  held  and  at  any  other  time  if  so 
requested  by  the Chair.  The Audit Committee and  the  Remuneration Committee are  both  comprised solely of Non-executive 
Directors and the Remuneration Committee will as a matter of its normal business meet without management during the course 
of the year.  Other Non-executive Directors are generally invited to attend meetings of the Remuneration and Audit Committees 
to permit joint consideration of matters without the presence of management and whilst subject matter will generally be confined 
to the areas of audit, controls and remuneration, the Chair invites participation on other topics at these meetings.  Accordingly, 
forums do occur every three to four months that comprise meetings of the Non-executive Directors. 

Service contracts 

No Director has any service contract, consultancy agreement or other such arrangement with a notice period in excess of one year. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Audit Committee Report 

I am pleased to present this report on the activities of the Audit Committee (“the “AC”) for the year ended 31 December 2022. 
This report is prepared in accordance with the Quoted Companies Alliance (“QCA”) corporate governance code for small and 
mid-sized quoted companies, revised in April 2018.. 

The AC was chaired during the first half of the year by T Sean Harvey up until his resignation form the Board on 28 June 2022.  
Sean had recent and relevant financial  experience by virtue of  his experience as an  investment banker,  heading up the mining 
sector for BMO Nesbitt Burns for a number of years and also his activities both managing as CEO and also sitting on the Boards 
of various mining companies.  Following my appointment as Chair of the Group in August 2022, I assumed the role of  Interim 
Chair of the AC.  I am Chartered Accountant with a 38-year career with Ernst & Young (EY), having led its Global Oil and Gas, 
UK IPO and Global Oil and Gas and Mining transaction advisory practices.  I was also a member of EY’s assurance Practice from 
1974 to 1996, when I  transferred to the Transaction Advisory Practice.  The other  members  of the AC who served during 2022 
have been Mr Sawyer and Mr Bañados. 

The AC is considered, as a whole, to have the required competence relevant to the mining sector in which the Group operates. Mr 
Sawyer and Mr Bañados have the appropriate financial experience and are the best qualified of the Non-executives Directors to 
be  members of  the AC,  However,  as  both  individuals are  shareholder  appointed  representatives  this means  the  Committee’s 
composition did not, during 2022, meet best practice guidelines under the QCA Code.  The Board anticipates that during 2023 
there will be the appointment of a further independent Non-executive Director who will also assume the position of the AC Chair. 

The  Board  has  delegated  certain  authorities  of risk  management  to  the Audit  Committee, which  has  its  own formal  terms  of 
reference. The Audit Committee meets at least four times during a year and in these meetings will consider and discuss with the 
auditors,  the  audit  approach  and  key  areas  of  risk  for  reporting  the  annual  financial  results,  review  and  approve  the  annual 
financial statements and all interim financial statements. 

The principal responsibilities of the AC are 

  monitor the integrity of the Financial and Narrative Statements of the Group including results and other announcements 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 
 

 

 
 

of financial performance; 
review significant financial reporting issues and judgements; 
review  and,  where  necessary,  challenge  the  consistency  of  accounting  policies  and  whether  appropriate  accounting 
standards have been used; 
review  the contents of the Annual Report and Group  Financial Statements and advise  the  Board on whether it  is fair, 
balanced  and understandable and provides  the information necessary for shareholders and stakeholders to assess the 
Group’s position, performance, business model and strategy; 
review  the  effectiveness  of  the  Group’s  internal  controls  (including  the  Group’s  internal  financial  controls)  and  risk 
management systems; 
consider the need for an internal audit function and make a recommendation to the Board; 
review  the  Group’s  whistle-blowing  system  and  procedures  for  detecting  fraud  and  make  recommendations  to  the 
Board; 
review the Group’s procedures for the prevention of bribery and receive reports on non-compliance; 
oversee the relationship with the external auditor, assessing its independence and objectivity, and approval of auditor 
remuneration including the level of audit and non-audit fees;  
review  and  make  recommendations  to  the  Board  on  the  appointment  of  the  external  auditor  and  to  approve  the 
remuneration and terms of engagement of the external auditor; 
review and approve the annual audit plan, and review the effectiveness and findings of the audit; and 
report to the Board on the proceedings of the AC and make recommendations to the Board on any area within the AC’s 
remit. 

AC meetings are held at least four times a year, and the Finance Director is usually invited to attend.  The AC has the right to 
request other Executive Directors and senior management to attend its meetings. Other advisers of the Group also attend meetings 
if requested by the AC. The external auditor is requested to attend the meetings on an ad hoc basis, and they have direct access to 
the Chair of the AC. Following each meeting the Chair of the AC reports formally to the Board on the main issues discussed by 
the AC 

During the period, four meetings of the Committee were held, and the following significant operational issues were considered 
during the course of the year. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Audit Committee Report 

Significant issue 

Summary of significant issue  

Actions and conclusion 

Going concern 

Assessment of the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going  concern  as  part  of  the  preparation  of  the 
financial  statements.  This  includes  considering 
whether  the  Group  has  adequate  resources  to 
continue  in  operation  for  the  foreseeable  future 
from  the  date  of  anticipated  signing  of  the 
financial statements. 

The assessment of going concern covers a period 
of at least 12 months from the date of signing the 
financial statements. 

Recoverability of State 
taxes 

Revenue estimation 
and adjustments 

The  Group,  in  common  with  all  businesses  in 
Brazil, is subject to a number of State and Federal 
taxes on goods that it purchases.  As an exporter 
of goods, it is exempt from any sales taxes on its 
products.  As a result, it is due tax rebates by both 
Federal  and  State  tax  bodies.    In  general,  the 
Group  is  able  to  utilise  its  tax  debts  by  way  of 
offset against other taxes that it owes.  The Group 
has however determined, based on the actions of 
the  State  Tax  Authorities  (“STA”)  and  the 
expected  future  operational  expenditures  over 
the next 12 months, that certain State taxes that it 
is  able  to  recover  and  are  owed  at 31  December 
2022  are  not  expected  to  be  recovered  in  full 
through  such  an  offset  arrangement  during  the 
next 12 months and has therefore categorised the 
balance  owed  in  respect  of  these  State  taxes  as 
being  due  in more  than  12 months.   The Group 
has  received  legal  advice  confirming  that  these 
taxes owed to the Group by the State of Para are 
fully recoverable. 

is 

Revenue 
initially  recognised  based  on 
estimations  derived  from  laboratory  analysis  of 
metal  content  at  the  time  of  sale  and  these 
estimations are subject  to change when  the final 
levels  of  metal  content  are  agreed  based  on 
further  laboratory  assessments  conducted  by 
both the buyer and the seller. Revenue is therefore 
subject to amendment at a future date. 

In  the  case  of  gold  bullion  any  adjustments  are 
currently agreed within a  few days of the initial 

52 

Management  prepares  a  detailed  report  for 
consideration  and  challenge  by  the  AC  and  the 
external  auditor,  supported  by  cash 
flow 
projections  for  the  Group  derived  from  the 
corporate  cash 
flow  model  developed  by 
management. The main assumptions made in the 
2022 year-end cash flow forecasts which support 
the  going  concern  basis  were  operational  and 
production  performance  gold  price  and  foreign 
exchange  rates.    These  key  judgements  and 
estimates made by management were challenged 
and  assessed  by  the  AC.  The  AC  was  satisfied  
that  under  the  base  case  presented  the  Group 
would be able to continue in operational existence 
throughout the going concern period. 

the  going  concern 
The  AC  has  reviewed 
statement on pages 23 and 24 and concluded it is 
fair and balanced. 
Schemes exist and have been used in the past that 
allow  companies  to  sell  their  ICMS  credits  to 
other  companies  but  use  of  these  schemes  is 
always subject to the approval of the STA.  Legal 
advice has also highlighted the opportunity to use 
the credits as part payment for certain goods and 
capital equipment. 

Management has assessed the future expenditure 
plans  of  the  Group  over  the  coming  years  and 
made an assessment of the  potential recovery of 
these  debts  over a reasonably foreseeable period 
through the use of these arrangements. 

The  timing  of  these  receipts  has  then  been  fair 
valued using appropriate discount rates and any 
shortfall in the estimated recoverable amount has 
been provided for in full. 

The  Directors  consider,  based  on  the  best 
information  available,  that  adequate  provision 
has been made at the end of the calendar year for 
those  taxes  that  may  not  be  recoverable  in  the 
reasonably foreseeable future. 

Management report monthly sales of gold to the 
Board  and  the  Board  reviews  the  protocols 
implemented by management for accurate timing 
of the recognition of revenue in accordance with 
the provisions of IFRS. 

Management regularly report to the AC the level 
and  reasons  for  any  adjustment  between  the 
value of any sale at the time of initial recognition 
and  the  final  agreed  value  of  that  sale    The  AC 
that 
reviews 

level  of  any  adjustment 

the 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Audit Committee Report 

Significant issue 

Summary of significant issue  

Actions and conclusion 

sale and usually within the month of sale.  In the 
case of sales of copper/gold concentrate the final 
adjustments  may  not  be  known  for  up  to  four 
months  from  the  initial  laboratory  assessment 
and  three  to  four  months  from  the  date  of  the 
initial recognition of the sale.  

management may recommend from time to time 
to minimise such variations. 

One  sale  of  gold  concentrate  made  during  2022 
has,  at  the  date  of  finalising  these  financial 
statements,  not  been finalised with  the  customer 
and the final value of this sales remains subject to 
adjustment. 

Resource estimations 

the 

The Group uses estimates of mineral resources for 
determining  amortisation  rates,  life  of  mine 
forecasts  and 
timing  of  mine  closure 
provisions.  The accuracy of the estimates and the 
judgement of the level of resources to be included 
in  each  of  these  calculations  affects  the  level  of 
amortisation 
in  a  period,  the  potential  for 
impairment  and  the  fair  value  of  any  closure 
provisions. 

regular 

prepares 

Management 
internal 
assessments  of  mineral  resources  and  reserves 
following  accepted 
standards 
including the procedures set out in Canadian NI 
43-101. 

international 

The  Board  considers  management  plans  for 
extracting  these  resources  in  the  future  and  the 
Group’s  record  of  resource  replenishment  and 
resource conversion. 

information 
The  Board  has  considered  the 
prepared  by  management 
the 
depletion,  replacement  and  losses  of  mineral 
resources during 2022 at both the Palito and São 
Chico deposits and the judgments they have used 
to derive these estimates.  

regarding 

The Directors consider that the mineral resource 
estimates used by management are reasonable. 

Future mine 
development capital 

Directly  linked  to  the  level  of  mineral  resource 
used  in  certain  estimates,  it  is  also  necessary  to 
assess  the  amount  and  cost  of  future  mine 
development  that  will  be  capitalised  by  the 
Group in order to mine those mineral resources. 

prepares 

Management 
indicative  mine 
development plans considering the location of the 
mineral resources and management’s estimates of 
vertical  mine  development  required  to  access 
these mineral resources. 

Impairment of mining 
properties 

Management  is  required  to  assess,  at  least 
annually, whether there is any indication that the 
Group’s  mining  assets  may  be  impaired.    If  an 
indication  of  impairment  exists,  management 
should  estimate  the  recoverable  amount  of  the 
asset  through  consideration  of  the  discounted 
expected future cash flows.  

Management  estimates  the  future  costs  of  this 
development by reference to equivalent historical 
costs. 

The  Directors  have  considered  the  work  and 
estimates prepared by management and consider 
them to be reasonable. 

The  Group  has  determined  that  the  Palito,  São 
Chico  and Coringa  operations comprise a  single 
cash generating unit (“CGU’’), being the Tapajos 
Operations.  on  the  basis  that  all  ore  produced 
from  these  mines  is  treated  though  a  single 
common  processing  plant  owned  by  the  Group 
and there is no alternative processing facility that 
would provide a viable economic option. 

In  December  2021  a  court 
judge  in  Brazil 
announced  that  future  licences  required  for  the 
Group’s  Coringa  project  could  only  be  issued 

The  AC  and  the  Board  have  considered  the 
the  Brazilian  court  regarding 
decisions  of 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Audit Committee Report 

Significant issue 

Summary of significant issue  

Actions and conclusion 

a 

licencing 

once  adequate  evidence  had  been  presented 
regarding  further  consultation  with  and  the 
impact  (if  any)  on  the  neighbouring  indigenous 
  This  decision  overturned  two 
populations. 
previous  decisions  rendered  by  the  Brazilian 
courts which  concluded  that  the  Group was  not 
required to produce such a study as this was not 
requirement  under 
formally 
prevailing Brazilian law. The decision was upheld 
in  August  2022,  following  a  joint  appeal  by  the 
Group,  the  ANM  and  SEMAS  Since  September 
2021,  the  Group  had  been  in  discussion  with 
SEMAS and FUNAI over the merits of producing 
an  indigenous  study  to  avoid  future  objections.  
The report of the independent experts was issued 
in  the  first  quarter  of  2023  and  is  the  process of 
being  reviewed  by  the  relevant  government 
agencies The study has not identified any matters 
which the Group does not consider have already 
been mitigated against. 

Carrying value of 
exploration costs 

Management  is  required  to  assess,  at  least 
annually, whether there is any indication that the 
Group’s exploration assets may be impaired. 

Management is required to assess whether there 
are any indicators that an asset may be impaired 
in  accordance  with  IFRS  6  at  the  end  of  each 
reporting  period.  If  any  such  indicators  are 
identified  a full  impairment  test in  line with  the 
requirements of IAS 36 is necessary. 

In  the  preparation  of  the  Financial  Statements  , 
management  are  required  to  make  certain 
judgements and estimates.  Details are set out in 
Note 1 (y) to the Financial Statements. 

Other financial 
reporting matters 

New accounting 
issues arising in the 
year. 

As detailed in Note 1a to the Financial Statements 
certain  accounting  standard  became  effective  in 
2022. 

Coringa.  The Group’s existing licences permit the 
Group  to  operate  Coringa  and  build  certain 
infrastructure.    The  AC  is  satisfied  that  the  full 
permitting of the project will be approved  but in 
the  meantime  are  satisfied  that  the  planned 
operations  for  Coringa  can  be  continued  under 
the existing licencing arrangements. 

Management  has  carried  out  a  review  of 
impairment indicators and concluded there were 
no other indicators of impairment in line with the 
provisions of IAS 36.  The forecasts prepared by 
management of net present value are in excess of 
the carrying value of the CGU. 

On the basis of results presented by management 
the  Directors  have  concluded  that  the  carrying 
value of the mining properties will  be recovered. 

Management  has  reported  that  it  considers  no 
facts  or  circumstances  exist  at  or  subsequent  to 
the  year-end  requiring  it  to  perform  a  full 
impairment review under IFRS 6. 

Based on review work presented by management, 
agree  with  management’s 
the  Directors 
conclusion  that  there  are  no 
indicators  of 
impairment. 

The  AC  also  considered  other  judgements  and 
areas  of  estimation  in  addition  to  those  matters 
detailed  above,  that  had  an  impact  on  the 
Financial  Statements;  alternative  performance 
measures;  recognition  and  measurement  of 
deferred  tax  assets;  and  the  estimates  and 
calculating  mine 
in 
assumptions 
rehabilitation provisions.  The Committee agreed 
with management’s treatment in each case. 

used 

The AC agreed with management’s assessment of 
the impact of the adoption of these standards by 
the  Group  and  their  potential  impact  for  the 
Group in the future. 

Audit tender and appointment of new external auditor 
During 2022, the Group elected to undertake an audit tender process recognising that the incumbent firm had been auditor since 
2005.  The tender process comprised submission of a written proposal, and interview with the selection panel. The selection criteria 
for the audit tender comprised: 

 

how well the tendering audit firm understood Serabi’s business, issues and wider industry; 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Audit Committee Report 

 

 
 

 
 
 

the  tendering  audit  firm’s  experience  in  providing  audit  and  other  services  to  other  AIM  and  TSX-listed  mining 
companies; 
experience of the tendering audit firm’s partner and proposed team members; 
ability  of  the  tendering  audit  firm  to  be  flexible  and  reactive  on  timings  and  changes  to  reporting  timetables  and 
requirements. 
the tendering audit firm’s proposed audit approach and methodology; 
ability of the tendering audit firm to provide value for money; 
technical expertise of the tending audit firm and access to resources and industry authorities; and 

Whilst fees were considered by the panel as part of the proposals, the Company was under no obligation to accept the lowest offer 
submitted. 

Following completion of the evaluation, the selection panel recommended to the Board the appointment of PKF Littlejohn LLP, 
the panel being of the opinion that PKF Littlejohn LLP had put forward a strong audit team with suitable skills and experience to 
provide robust and rigorous challenge to management during the audits. The Board duly selected PKF Littlejohn LLP as Serabi’s 
auditor for the financial year ended 31 December 2022. Their appointment was approved by shareholders at a General Meeting 
held on 19 December 2022. 

The  AC  also  approved  the  appointment  of  KPMG  Auditores  Independentes  to  undertake  the  statutory  audits  of  each  of  the 
Group’s subsidiaries in Brazil for 2022, and to support the audit work of PKF Littlejohn LLP. 

Fees of the external auditor 
There was no significant non-audit work carried out by PKF Littlejohn LLP. Full details of fees paid during the period may be 
found in note 3b to the consolidated financial statements. 

Objectivity and independence 
The Committee continues to monitor the auditor’s objectivity and independence and is satisfied that PKF Littlejohn LLP and the 
Group have appropriate policies and procedures in place to ensure that these requirements are not compromised. 

Non-audit services 

The  Board  regularly  reviews  the  provision  of  non-audit  services  from  its  auditors,  at  least  annually  through  discussion  at 
Committee meetings. The Board is satisfied that the provision of non-audit services by PKF Littlejohn LLP is compatible with the 
general standard of independence for auditors and does not give rise to any conflict of interest. 

Re-appointment of external auditor 
The Committee recommends to the Board the re-appointment of PKF Littlejohn LLP as auditor at the forthcoming Annual General 
Meeting (AGM),. 

Reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness of internal controls 
The  internal control  framework  is  based on  the  Board’s assessment  of risk.  The  effectiveness of  the  internal  control system  is 
monitored by executive management. Exceptions are reported and reviewed by the Committee. During 2021 and the early part 
of  2022  an  external review of  the  Group’s  key  internal controls  at  its operations  in  Brazil  was  undertaken  by  Deloitte  Touche 
Tohmatsu Consultores Ltda in Brazil (“Deloitte”).  The review observed that whilst management had implemented a number of 
additional  procedures  and  processes,  there  continued  to  be  areas  for  improvement  and  additional  financial  and  operational 
controls  that  could  be  implemented.    During  2022  management  has  been  working  to  implement  these  additional 
recommendations. 

Internal auditor 
The requirement for the appointment of an internal auditor is reviewed annually by the Committee; and the Committee takes into 
consideration,  among  other  things,  the  conclusions  and  reports  of  the  Group’s  external  auditor  and  the  complexity  of  the 
operations when considering this decision. Following the initial assessment undertaken by Deloitte and once management have 
completed the implementation of their recommendations  the Board expects to request Deloitte  to undertake a further external 
review and, if appropriate, establish or make recommendations for the establishment of an internal audit department based in 
Brazil reporting directly to the Audit Committee. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Audit Committee Report 

Conclusion 
The Committee is satisfied with the quality, independence and objectivity of the external audit and believes that on the basis of 
the audit it can make a proper assessment of the quality of financial and other systems of reporting and control within the Group   
It  is  intended  that  future  independent  reviews  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  AC  are  undertaken  to  provide  assurance  that  the 
Committee  remains  effective  and  any  future  recommendations  and  feedback  will  be  disclosed  in  future  Annual  Reports  as 
appropriate. 

Michael D Lynch-Bell 
Chair of the Audit Committee 
2 May 2023 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Remuneration Committee Report 

PART 1 - Summary statement from the Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

Compensation plays an important role in achieving short and long-term business objectives that ultimately drive business success. 
The Group’s compensation philosophy is to foster entrepreneurship at all levels of the organisation by making long-term equity-
based incentives, including restricted stock awards and stock options, a significant component of executive compensation. This 
approach assumes  that  the performance  of  the  Group’s  share  price over  the  long-term  is an  important  indicator of  long-term 
performance and seeks to align the remuneration of senior management with the Group’s shareholders. 

The Group’s compensation philosophy and objectives are based on the following fundamental principles: 

1.  Compensation  programmes  align  with  shareholder  interests  –  the  Group  aligns  the  goals  of  executives  with 

maximising long-term shareholder value; 

2.  Performance sensitive – compensation for executive officers should be linked to operating and market performance 

of the Group and fluctuate with the performance; and 

3.  Offer market competitive compensation to attract and retain talent – the compensation programme should provide 
market competitive pay in terms of value and structure in order to retain existing employees who are performing 
according to their objectives and to attract new individuals of the highest calibre. 

The Group’s principal goal is to create value for its shareholders. The Group’s compensation philosophy is based on the objectives 
of linking the interests of the executive officers with both the short and long-term interests of the Group’s shareholders, of linking 
executive compensation to the performance of the Group and the individual and of compensating executive officers at a level and 
in a manner that ensures the Group is capable of attracting, motivating and retaining individuals with exceptional executive skills. 
The executive compensation programme is designed to encourage, compensate and reward employees on the basis of individual 
and corporate performance, both in the short and the long-term. Base salaries are aligned with and judged against corporations 
of a comparable size and stage of development within the mining industry, thereby enabling the Group to compete for and retain 
executives  critical  to  the  Group’s  long-term  success.  Incentive  compensation  is  directly  tied  to  corporate  performance.  Share 
ownership opportunities are provided to align the interests of executive officers with the longer-term interests of shareholders. 

As the Group has evolved, so has its remuneration policy both to meet the changing landscape and expectations of shareholders 
and to recognise the changing demands and expectations made of the Group’s senior management.  Over time a policy favouring 
short-term incentives tied to specific short-term objectives has now made way for a blended policy that incorporates longer-term 
performance  linked  targets  that  are  transparent  to  all  shareholders,  readily  measurable,  and  provide  a  strong  link  between 
executive rewards and growing value for shareholders. 

The Remuneration Committee keeps itself appraised of changing obligations for corporate governance and best practice  both in 
the UK and across other jurisdictions in order that the Group’s policies remain appropriately flexible not only to meet the needs 
of the Group and shareholders, but also to ensure that, as needed, the Group can provided remuneration structures and incentive 
arrangements that meet the needs and expectations of the international labour community from which the Group can draw its 
talent.  The Group has resolved to comply with the QCA Code so far as is practicable given the Group’s size, nature and stage of 
development. 

The objective of the Remuneration Committee is to meet at least twice a year and, additionally, matters for its consideration may 
be discussed at Board meetings. On such occasions, no Executive Director would be present while matters concerning him or her 
were discussed, and all decisions regarding Executive Directors will be taken by the Non-executive Directors. 

Principal actions and decisions during the period 

The Remuneration Committee convened once during the period to set the KPIs to be used for the measurement of the Annual 
Bonus incentives for the 2022 calendar year and to recommend that no Annual Bonus incentive should be paid in respect of the 
2021 calendar year. 

Mark Sawyer 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
2 May 2023 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Remuneration Committee Report 

PART 2 – Committee activities during the period 

Committee Compliance 

The  Remuneration  Committee  (“REMCO”)  keeps  itself  appraised  of  changing  obligations  for  corporate  governance  and  best 
practice  both in the UK and across other jurisdictions in order that the Group’s policies remain appropriately flexible not only to 
meet the needs of the Group and shareholders, but also to ensure that, as needed, the Group can provide remuneration structures 
and incentive arrangements that meet the needs and expectations of the international labour community from which the Group 
can draw its talent.  The Group has resolved to comply with the QCA Code so far as is practicable given the Group’s size, nature 
and stage of development.   

During the year REMCO was comprised of Mark Sawyer as Chair, joined by Nicolas Bañados and T Sean Harvey.  Following Mr 
Harvey’s decision to step down from the Board on 28 June 2022, his position on REMCO was filled by Mr Lynch-Bell following 
his appointment as a Non-executive Director on 8 August 2022. 

Role 

The Committee’s primary objectives are to:  

 

 

 

ensure that reward packages (including salary, benefits, bonus and pension entitlements, and participation in share and 
other incentive schemes) for Executive Directors and key senior management are competitive in order to recruit, attract 
and retain the best talents to deliver the Group’s strategic priorities; 
ensure that these reward packages are directly linked to the achievement of performance targets in pursuit of strategy; 
and  
align the interests of the Directors with those of shareholders and stakeholders. 

REMCO determines the framework and policy for the remuneration of the Executive Directors and is responsible for reviewing 
them  annually for  appropriateness  and  relevance. It  is  also responsible for  determining  the  specific  elements of  the Executive 
Directors’,  and  senior  managers’  remuneration,  their  contractual  terms  and  their  compensation  arrangements.  REMCO  also 
reviews  the framework and policy for remuneration for all staff  to ensure that it  is fairly and appropriately administered and 
ensures the alignment of incentives  and rewards with culture, taking these into  account when setting the policy for Executive 
Director remuneration. Any bonuses awarded to other staff depends on corporate performance against performance targets in 
pursuit of strategy and the level and allocation is undertaken by the Executive Directors against staff performance appraisal.  

Independent Advisers 

During 2022, the Group has not used the services of any external remuneration advisers.  The last independent external review 
was undertaken for the Group in 2020. 

PART 3 - Remuneration policy 

The  Group’s  remuneration  policy  seeks  to  provide  a  strong  and  clear  link  between  business  strategy  and  incentive 
arrangements. 

The Board is responsible for determining and reviewing compensation arrangements for the Directors and senior executives 
reporting to the Chief Executive Officer. The  broad policy is to ensure that remuneration  properly reflects the individuals’ 
duties  and  responsibilities,  and  that  remuneration  is  fair  and  competitive  in  attracting,  retaining  and  motivating  quality 
people with appropriate skills and experience.  

The  Board  remains  committed  to  transparency  and,  through  this  report,  aims  to  continue  to  provide  information  to 
shareholders and other stakeholders about the details of Serabi’s remuneration policies and how they underpin the Group’s 
operations  and  strategy.  This  Annual  Statement  gives  an  overview  of  the  Directors’  Remuneration  Policy;  how  it  was 
implemented in the year under review (2022) and how we plan to implement it in 2023. 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Remuneration Committee Report 

Directors’ Remuneration Policy framework 

Following industry practice and best practice corporate governance guidelines, Serabi’s Executive Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
has  been  comprised  of  fixed  and  variable  annual  compensation  to  drive  delivery  of  near-term  targets,  with  an  additional 
overarching long-term incentive plan to maintain a longer-term focus on generating value for shareholders and stakeholders. A 
significant proportion of each Director’s total remuneration package is structured to link rewards to the attainment of performance 
targets, both short-term and long-term. 

Our  Remuneration  Policy  was  updated  in  2020  to  align  with  developing  changes  practices  in  corporate  governance  and 
remuneration reporting, including greater transparency on performance criteria, improved alignment of performance criteria to 
shareholder and stakeholder interests,  the introduction of malus and clawback for LTIP awards and the introduction of CSAs to 
replace share options as the preferred form of share-incentive award. 

Our Policy continues to ensure there are no rewards for failure, by providing clarity around REMCO’s discretion under the Policy. 
This  includes  committee  powers  to  override  formulaic  outcomes  if  pay-outs  do  not  reflect  overall  business  or  individual 
performance, as well as discretion to pay some or all of the bonus in shares and/or to require deferral of a portion of the bonus. 

Implementing the Director’s Remuneration Policy 

The elements of compensation earned by the executives of the Group for the financial year ended 31 December 2022 consist of a 
base salary, along with annual discretionary  incentive compensation in the form of a performance-based bonus, and a  longer-
term incentive which in the past was in the form of stock options but has now been replaced with awards made under the 2020 
Serabi Gold Restricted Share Plan (the “2020 Plan”).  At the Annual General Meeting held on 16 June 2020, shareholders approved 
the introduction of the 2020 Plan to replace the executive share option plan that had been introduced in 2011. 

Performance measures  are  determined by REMCO each year  and may vary to ensure  that they promote  the Group’s business 
strategy and shareholder and stakeholder value. REMCO always ensures it takes into consideration the complexity of the business, 
market and economic competitiveness, the increased responsibilities of the Executive Directors and the salary levels for the wider 
workforce  when  setting  the  remuneration  of  the  Executive  Directors.  During  2022,  the  remuneration  packages  for  Executive 
Directors consisted of a base salary, benefits (such as pension, and private medical cover), and participation in a discretionary and 
performance-linked  cash  bonus  award.  During  2022  there  were  no  conditional  share  awards  made  to  any  of  the  Executive 
Directors under the 2020 Plan.  No share options issued under the 2011 stock option plan were exercised by any Executive Director 
and no conditional share awards previously issued under the 2020 Plan vested to any Executive Director. 

This reflects a package consisting of a mix of compensation elements designed to provide executives with an “at risk” component 
of total compensation that reflects their ability to influence business outcomes and performance, and fixed elements that provide 
security and enable the Group to attract and retain key employees. 

Salary 

The  Committee ensures it takes into  consideration the  complexity of the business, market and  economic competitiveness, the 
respective responsibilities of the Executive Directors and the salary levels for the wider workforce when setting the remuneration 
of the Executive Directors.  There will be no changes to other benefits nor pension arrangements over this period. See page 65 to 
70 for more  information of the remuneration received by the Executive Directors during the year. 

Policy Area 

Opportunity 

Annual  bonuses  are  specific 
to each individual and range 
between 30% and 75% of base 
salary. 

Annual Cash Bonus 
The performance measures 
and targets for the annual 
bonus are selected annually 
to align with the business 
strategy and the key drivers 
of performance set under 
the regulatory framework. 

How  we  implemented  the 
Policy during the year 
There  were  no  bonuses  paid 
during 2022 to the Executive 
respect  of 
Directors 
individual 
corporate 
or 
performance for the financial 
year ended 31 December 2021 
financial  year 
or 
ended 31 December 2022. 

the 

for 

in 

the 

How  we  plan  to  implement 
the Policy in 2023 
REMCO  during 
first 
quarter of 2023 will assess the 
level  of  any  bonuses  earned 
during 2022 and  these  if any 
will  be  paid  and  will  form 
part  of  the  remuneration  for 
2023.    REMCO will  continue 
policy 
to 
(including 
bonus 
opportunity) during the year 

the 
the 

review 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Remuneration Committee Report 

No  CSA  awards  were  made 
during  the  year  either  to  the 
Directors or other employees. 

Share-based incentive plans 
Conditional  Share  Awards 
(“CSAs”) under the 2020 Plan 
reward  delivery  of sustained 
long-term  improvements  in 
returns 
shareholder 
by 
aligning 
performance 
directly  with  an  increase  in 
the  fundamental  measure  of 
the generation of shareholder 
value. 

be 

The  Board  seeks  to  award 
equity-related  incentives  on 
an  annual  basis.   Whilst  it  is 
generally expected that these 
will 
settled, 
equity 
provisions exist, to be used at 
the  discretion  of  the  Board, 
for  these  awards  to  be  cash 
settled on an equivalent basis 
where,  for  example,  the  tax 
treatment might significantly 
disadvantage  an  individual 
recipient.   

if 

in line with the business and 
strategic  direction.  When 
determining the outcomes for 
bonuses, 
and  where  
appropriate, REMCO will use 
its  discretion  to  make  any 
adjustments  necessary 
to 
ensure the  outcomes are fair 
and reasonable in light of the 
Group’s’s performance. 
REMCO  intend  that  annual 
CSA  awards  are  made, 
last 
recognising 
the 
in 
award  was  made 
December  2021.    The  first 
awards in respect of the 2020 
calendar  year  will  vest  in 
December 2023  and  REMCO 
will  assess  according  to  the 
previously 
agreed 
performance criteria the level 
of  vesting,  if  any,  that  will 
occur. 

that 

Benefits and pension 

Serabi offers health care benefits to its Executive Directors and employees.  In Brazil this also extends to dental care.  The Group 
does not operate any pension plans for its Executive Directors except to the minimum extent required under UK law.  The level 
of pension contribution made to an individual’s defined contribution scheme will generally be linked to an employee’s base salary, 
though REMCO may, at its election, approve single lump sum payments which can increase the overall level of retirement benefit 
provided for any individual. To the extent that a Director exceeds their annual allowance or lifetime allowance, they receive no 
additional remuneration in lieu of pension.  

Performance measures under the 2020 Plan 

The performance criteria and minimum thresholds to be achieved can be summarised as follows: 

40% of the award is subject to Total Shareholder Return, (where TSR must be 1.2 times or more the BMO Junior 

30% of  the award  is subject  to Return on Capital Employed (where ROCE premium over Weighted Average 

• 
Gold Index) 
• 
Cost of Capital must be 1.2 times or more), and 
• 

30% of the award is subject to Return on Sales (where ROS must exceed average annual budget by 10% or more) 

Exceptional performance would be where TSR exceeds 1.4, ROCE premium exceeds 1.4, or ROS exceeds 1.3. 

Performance measures for annual bonus award in respect of 2022 

Annual  performance  continues  to  be  measured  against  a  set  of  agreed  key  corporate  performance  measures,  which  included 
aspects of health and safety, production, permitting and cost management The Group’s KPIs will be extended to incorporate ESG 
criteria and will continue to be anchored by a focus on safe and responsible working practices. 

The 2020 Plan 
All employees of the Group (including Executive Directors who are employees) are eligible to participate in the 2020 Plan. Awards 
provide  rights  to  acquire  ordinary  shares  (subject  to  restrictions)  in  the  capital  of  the  Company  (whether  by  transfer  or 
subscription) in such form (including but not limited to conditional shares or options) as the Board may determine in its absolute 
discretion.  The number of shares over which awards to subscribe for shares may be granted under the 2020 Plan on any date shall 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Remuneration Committee Report 

be limited so that the total number of shares issued and issuable pursuant to rights granted under any employee share scheme 
operated by the Company in any rolling ten year period is restricted to ten (10) per cent of the Company’s shares in issue calculated 
at the relevant time excluding any lapsed awards or those that are no longer capable of exercise.  Awards may be granted subject 
to performance conditions which will be specified at the time of grant.  All awards under the 2020 Plan are subject to malus and 
clawback provisions. 

Executive Share Option Plan 
The Serabi 2011 Share Option Plan has reached the end of its intended life and no new options will be issued under this arrangement.  The 
following information relates only to those options which remain in issue. 
Options vest in three annual equal instalments with the initial vesting on the date of the award.  Any option which is unexercised 
after a period  of three years from the  date of grant  expires.   Options are also forfeited if a holder  leaves  the Group  before  the 
options vest or are exercised although the Committee may exercise discretionary powers in certain circumstances.  Options issued 
to date have not been subject to attainment of performance criteria prior to vesting or exercise.  The Committee has the right to 
impose such criteria in respect of new awards.  The Group’s scheme is limited to no more than 10 per cent of the issued capital 
and whilst there is no maximum value to options that may be granted in one year, nor any cap on the level that an individual may 
hold, the Committee exercises discretion to ensure that annual awards can be made and considers the level and value of existing 
awards in determining the level of new awards. 

Compensation risk management 

The Group believes that its executive compensation programme does not create risk outside the Group’s risk appetite. Some of 
the risk-management initiatives currently employed by the Group are as follows: 

•  Appointing a Remuneration Committee comprised of independent Directors to oversee the executive compensation 

programme; 

• 

The use of deferred equity compensation to encourage a focus on long-term corporate performance as opposed to 
short-term results; 

•  Disclosure of executive compensation to stakeholders; 
•  Use of discretion in adjusting bonus payments up or down as the Remuneration Committee deems appropriate and 

recommends to the Board;  

•  Malus and clawback provisions exist within the long-term incentive plans in line with UK governance best practice; 

and 

•  Ultimately, complete Board accountability. 

Non-executive remuneration 

The remuneration package for Non-executive Directors is established by the Board as a whole but Non-executive Directors do not 
vote on any changes to their own fees. 

Remuneration consists of a fixed fee which is set to reflect prescribed time commitments and the relative responsibilities of each 
Non-executive Director in the affairs of the Group, fees payable in respect of attendance at meetings and fees payable for service 
on any formal committees of the Board. Additional consultancy fees are paid if the input required exceeds the anticipated levels. 
Some  of  the  Non-executive  Directors  currently  hold  share  options.  Whilst  the  award  of  share  options  by  the  Group  to  Non-
executive Directors is contrary  to the recommendations of the QCA Code, the  Board believes,  given the nature and size of  the 
Group and the need to conserve cash resources, it has been appropriate that the remuneration of the Non-executive Directors be 
aligned with the success and growth of the Group.  The Board notes also that it is normal practice for natural resources companies 
listed  on  the  Toronto  Stock  Exchange  to  provide  Non-executive  Directors  with  share  options  as  part  of  their  remuneration. 
However, the 2011 Share Option Plan operated by the Company has reached the end of its term and no new options will be issued 
under it.  It has been replaced by the 2020 Plan and the Non-executive Directors do not qualify to be participants in the 2020 Plan.  
Accordingly, no new equity-based incentives are available to be awarded to the Non-executive Directors. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Remuneration Committee Report 

Share price performance  

One year share price graph compared with AIM Basic Resources and AIM all Share indices 

One year share price graph compared with AIM peer group 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Remuneration Committee Report 

One year share price graph compared with Brazilian peer group 

Three year share price graph compared with AIM Basic Resources and AIM All Share indices 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Remuneration Committee Report 

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0
Jan-20

300

250

200

150

100

50

0
Jan-20

Mar-20

May-20

Jul-20

Sep-20

Nov-20

Jan-21

Mar-21

May-21

Jul-21

Sep-21

Nov-21

Jan-22

Mar-22 May-22

Jul-22

Sep-22

Nov-22

Jan-23

Mar-23

Serabi

AIM listed gold peers index

Gold spot

Three year share price graph compared with AIM peer group 

Mar-20 May-20

Jul-20

Sep-20

Nov-20

Jan-21

Mar-21 May-21

Jul-21

Sep-21

Nov-21

Jan-22

Mar-22 May-22

Jul-22

Sep-22

Nov-22

Jan-23

Mar-23

Serabi

Brazil gold peers

Gold spot

Three year share price graph compared with Brazilian peer group 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Remuneration Committee Report 
Directors Remuneration Report 

Directors and their interests 

Remuneration 

Year to 31 December 2022 

Director 
Michael Hodgson 
Clive Line 
Aquiles Alegria 
Luis Azevedo(1) 
Nicolas Bañados (5) 
Michael Lynch-Bell (2) 
T Sean Harvey (3) 
Eduardo Rosselot (4) 
Mark Sawyer (5) 
Total 

Salary 
US$ 
277,000 
205,000 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
482,000 

Fees as 
Director 
US$ 
– 
– 
26,569 
28,496 
21,618 
44,610 
19,069 
17,526 
19,271 
177,159 

Other 
fees 
US$ 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
60,000 
– 
60,000 

Bonus 
US$ 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Pension  
US$ 
9,752 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
9,752 

IFRS 2 
charge 
for  
options 
granted 
US$ 
26,389 
18,472 
5,278 
5,278 
– 
– 
– 
– 
5,278 
60,695 

For the year to 
31 December 
2022  
Total 
US$ 
318,426 
227,876 
31,847 
33,774 
21,618 
44,610 
19,069 
77,526 
24,549 
799,296 

Other 
US$ 
5,285 
4,404 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
9,689 

(1)  Mr Azevedo is the owner of FFA Legal which provides legal services to the Group and its Brazilian subsidiaries.  During 2022 charges issued by 
FFA Legal BrR$2.61 million (US$0.51 million at the average exchange rate for the 2022 calendar year of Brr$5.16 to US$1.00). 
(2)  Mr Michael Lynch-Bell was appointed on 8 August 2022 
(3)  Mr T Sean Harvey stood down from the Board on 28 June 2022 
(4)  Mr Eduardo Rosselot stood down from the Board on 8 August 2022 
(5)  Fratelli Investments Ltd and Greenstone Resources II LP agreed they would waive any fees due in respect of their nominee directors with effect 
from 1 July 2022 until further notice. 

Subsequent to the year end, the Board, on 20 April 2022, confirmed and approved cash bonus payments under the Group’s Short 
Term Incentive Plan in respect of performance during 2022.   Mr Hodgson is entitled to receive a cash payment of £35,250 and Mr 
Line £21,240, representing 15% of the total award that each of them could have received.  These entitlements are not included in 
the above table. 

Year to 31 December 2021 

Director 
Michael Hodgson 
Clive Line 
Aquiles Alegria 
Luis Azevedo(1) 
Nicolas Bañados 
T Sean Harvey 
Eduardo Rosselot 
Mark Sawyer 
Total 
(1)  Mr Azevedo is the owner of FFA Legal which provides legal services to the Group and its Brazilian subsidiaries.  During 2021 charges issued by 

Pension  
US$ 
11,004 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
11,004 

Salary 
US$ 
273,673 
235,251 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
508,294 

Bonus 
US$ 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Other 
US$ 
6,081 
5,067 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
11,148 

Fees as 
Director 
US$ 
– 
– 
28,928 
28,928 
43,192 
36,855 
28,534 
36,852 
203,289 

Other 
fees 
US$ 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
60,000 
– 
60,000 

For the year to 
31 December 
2021  
Total 
US$ 
357,421 
287,265 
42,544 
41,129 
56,808 
50,471 
102,150 
50,468 
988,256 

IFRS 2 
charge 
for  
options 
granted 
US$ 
66,663 
46,947 
13,616 
12,201 
13,616 
13,616 
13,616 
13,616 
193,891 

FFA Legal totalled BrR$3.78 million (US$0.7 million at the average exchange rate for the 2021 calendar year of Brr$5.39 to US$1.00). 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Remuneration Committee Report 
Directors Remuneration Report 

Ordinary shares and options 

The Directors of the Company, who held office during the year and as of 31 December 2022, had the following interests in the 
ordinary shares of the Company according to the register of Directors’ interests:   

Shares 
held at 31 
December 
2022 

Shares 
held at 31 
December 
2021 

Conditional 
Share 
Awards 
held at 31 
December 
2022 

Conditional 
Share 
Awards 
held at 31 
December 
2021 

Michael Hodgson 

70,066 

70,066 

355,500 

355,500 

Share 
options 
held 
at 31 
December 
2022 
500,000 

Share 
options 
held 
at 31 
December 
2021 
500,000 

Option 
price 
UK£0.85 

Option exercise period 
27 May 20 to 26 May 23 

Clive Line 

73,332 

73,332 

266,600 

266,600 

350,000 

350,000 

UK£0.85 

27 May 20 to 26 May 23 

Michael Lynch-Bell 

– 

– 

Aquiles Alegria 

5,000 

5,000 

Luis Azevedo 

– 

– 

Nicolas Bañados(1) 

1,122,197 

1,122,197 

Mark Sawyer(2) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

100,000 

100,000 

UK£0.85 

27 May 20 to 26 May 23 

100,000 

100,000 

UK£0.85 

27 May 20 to 26 May 23 

100,000 

100,000 

UK£0.85 

27 May 20 to 26 May 23 

100,000 

100,000 

UK£0.85 

27 May 20 to 26 May 23 

(1)  Mr. Bañados has a direct interest in 7,214 ordinary shares. Mr Bañados is the beneficial owner of 50 per cent of the share capital of Asesorias e Inversiones 
Asturias Limitada which beneficially owns: (1) directly 7,983 ordinary shares; and (2) 25 per cent of the units in  Inversionnes Villarrica Limitada, a 
private financial investment fund, which is interested in 1,107,000 ordinary shares. 

(2)  Mr Sawyer is a partner of Greenstone Resources II LP which as at 31 December 2022 was interested in 19,083,394 ordinary shares. 

During the year ended 31 December 2022 the Company’s shares have traded between 22.5 pence and 60.5 pence. 

No Conditional Share Awards were made by the Company during 2022. Subsequent to the year end the Board has approved, in 
principle, and subject to the Company being in a suitable Open Period for trading by the Executive Directors.  the issue of a further 
Conditional Shares (“CS”) to the Executive Directors in respect of the annual Long Term Incentive Plan awards for the calendar 
year 2022.  In accordance with the terms of the Serabi 2020 Restricted Share Plan (the “2020 Plan”), Mr Hodgson and Mr Line will 
each receive an entitlement equivalent  in value to 50% of  their respective salaries for  the calendar  year  2022.  The  awards will 
vest, subject to the achievement of the stipulated performance criteria, on the second anniversary of the award. 

At the same time the Board also approved, in principle, and subject to the Company being in a suitable Open Period for trading 
by the Executive Directors, the issue of CS to the Executive Directors in respect of the annual Long Term Incentive Plan awards 
for the calendar year 2023.  In accordance with the terms of the Serabi 2020 Restricted Share Plan (the “2020 Plan”), Mr Hodgson 
and Mr Line will each receive an entitlement equivalent in value to 50% of their respective salaries for the calendar year 2022.  The 
awards will vest, subject to the achievement of the stipulated performance criteria, on the third anniversary of the award. 

Remuneration Committee discretion 

REMCO will operate all incentive plans according to the rules and discretions contained therein to ensure that the implementation 
of the Remuneration Policy is fair, both to the individual director, shareholders and stakeholders. The discretions cover aspects 
such as: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

selection of participants; 

timing of grant and vesting of awards; 

size of awards (subject to the Policy limits); 

choice of measures, weightings and targets; 

determining  level  of pay-out or vesting based on  an assessment of  performance  and  to  override  formulaic outcomes 

where appropriate; 

determining whether and, if so, the proportions at which the bonus will be payable in cash, deferred  cash, shares or 

deferred shares and the terms applying to such shares and deferrals; 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Remuneration Committee Report 
Directors Remuneration Report 

 

 

 

 

treatment of awards on termination of employment and change of control; 

adjustment of awards in certain circumstances, e.g., changes in capital structure; 

adjustment of performance conditions in exceptional circumstances; and 

application of malus and/or clawback. 

Any such use of discretion will be fully disclosed in the subsequent Annual Report. 

Performance Measures and target setting 

The committee reviews annually performance measures and target weightings.  Performance measures used under the annual 
bonus and long-term incentives are selected and reviewed annually to reflect the Group’s main short and long-term objectives 
and reflect both financial and non-financial priorities, These will typically include a mix of strategic, financial, operational and 
personal metrics with a link to health, safety and in the future ESG performance. Performance measures are set to be stretching 
but achievable,  taking  into  account a  range  of  internal and  external  reference  points,  having  regard  to  the  particular strategic 
priorities and economic environment in a given year. 

Recruitment policy for Executive Directors 

In the case of a new externally appointed Executive Director, the REMCO may make use of all existing components under the 
Remuneration Policy applying to existing Executive Directors, including salary, pension, benefits, annual bonus and LTIP awards. 
The  current  maximum  limits under  the  existing  Policy  will apply  similarly on  recruitment,  except  that  the  maximum  annual 
bonus  opportunity  will  be  pro-rated  to  reflect  the  proportion  of  employment  during  the  year.  Depending  on  the  timing  of 
appointment, it may be appropriate to operate different performance measures for the remainder of that bonus period. Where 
appropriate and necessary to facilitate the recruitment of an individual, REMCO may consider using other remuneration tools 
and may exercise discretion, as appropriate, to make awards using a different structure. 

Diversity and inclusion 

Serabi supports and respects the benefits of having diversity within its workforce and further information on Serabi’s commitment 
to diversity and inclusion can be found in the Environmental and Social section of the Strategic Report. 

Directors’ service contracts and termination policy 

The  Executive Directors have  rolling-term Service Agreements with  the Group.  The  Executive Directors’  Service Agreements 
each include the ability for the Group, at its discretion, to pay basic salary only in lieu of any unexpired period of notice. Payments 
may be made as either a lump sum or in equal monthly instalments until  the  end of  the  notice period at the discretion of  the 
Group. REMCO will seek to ensure that there are no unjustified payments for failure. For the current Executive Directors, where 
the  appointment  is  terminated  by  reason  of  the  executive’s  death,  redundancy,  injury,  ill  health  or  disability,  the  Executive 
Director shall be entitled to participate in such bonus scheme arrangements of the Group applicable to Directors of the Group, in 
line  with  the  Group’s  bonus  policy.  Any  bonus  awarded  to  the  executives  is  entirely  discretionary  and  may  at  the  Group’s 
discretion be paid to the executive as a combination of shares and cash. 

The contractual remuneration payable to the Executive Directors for the calendar year ended 31 December 2022 was’ 

Name 
Michael Hodgson 

Clive Line 

Salary 
(GBP) 
306,000 

220,000 

Pension  
(GBP) 
8,0000 

Total  
(GBP) 
314,000 

Percentage increase over 
preceding period 
10.5% 

– 

220,000 

7.3% 

The  increases  awarded  to  the  Executive  Directors  effective  1  January  2022  were  determined  following  an  independent 
benchmarking survey.  The average pay increase awarded to other staff employed by the Group in 2022 was seven per cent. 

On 20 April 2023, the remuneration committee approved an increase in the remuneration of the Executive Directors of five per 
cent effective 1 January 2023. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Remuneration Committee Report 
Directors Remuneration Report 

The Service Agreements contain provisions  enabling the Group to  place  the Executive Director on gardening leave during  the 
period of notice.  

Name 
Michael Hodgson 

Clive Line 

Date of Service Agreement 

Notice by Group/Individual 

1 February 2007 

14 March 2005 

12/6 months 

12/6 months 

When considering exit payments, REMCO reviews all potential incentive outcomes to ensure they are fair to both shareholders 
and  participants.  The  table  below  summarises  how  incentive  awards  are  typically  treated  in  specific  circumstances.  Whilst 
REMCO retains overall discretion on determining good leaver status, it typically defines a good leaver in circumstances such as 
death,  redundancy,  injury,  ill  health  or  disability,  retirement  with  the  agreement  of  the  Group  and  personal  circumstances 
affecting  immediate  family  preventing  the  individual  working  for  the  Group.  Other  leavers  may  include  those  leaving 
employment for any other reason as well as those leaving due to misconduct, wilful failure to perform duties and any action that 
would entitle the Group to terminate employment without notice or payment in lieu of notice: 

Component 

Annual bonus 

Conditional Share Awards 

Other leaver reasons 
No  bonus  payable  unless 
REMCO 
determines 
otherwise (as set out above). 

to  have  any 
Shall  cease 
entitlements 
including  the 
right  to  exercise  any  vested 
but unexercised options 

Good leaver reasons 
Paid  at  the  same  time  as 
continuing employees, to the 
extent  that  the  performance 
conditions  are  achieved  and 
pro-rating for the proportion 
of  the  financial  year  served, 
unless  REMCO  determines 
otherwise 

May  retain 
their  awards 
which will vest in accordance 
with  the  original  terms  and 
whilst 
to  be 
continuing 
subject 
performance 
conditions and pro-rating for 
the time elapsed since grant. 
These  provisions  may  be 
over-ridden  at 
sole 
the 
discretion of the Board 

to 

to 

Change of control 
the 
immediately  on 
Paid 
effective  date  of  change  of 
the 
control, 
subject 
achievement 
the 
performance  conditions  and 
pro-rated  for  the  proportion 
of the year served to the date 
of  change  of  control,  unless 
determines 
REMCO 
otherwise. 

of 

All  awards  that  have  not 
vested  shall vest  on  the date 
of  the  event and  any Option 
must  be  exercised  within  30 
days (or such other period as 
the  Board  agrees)  of  the 
event. 

In  certain  circumstances  the 
Board with the consent of the 
company  may 
acquiring 
agree to exchange the awards 
for  equivalent  awards  in  the 
new company  provided  that 
the  terms  of  the  awards  are 
any 
not  modified 
significant way . 

in 

The Committee reserves the right to make any other payments in connection with termination of employment where the payments 
are made in good faith in discharge of an existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation) or by 
way of a compromise or settlement of any claim arising in connection with the cessation of a director’s office or employment. Any 
such payment may include, but is not limited to, paying reasonable fees for outplacement assistance and/or the director’s legal or 
professional advice fees in connection with their cessation of office or employment. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Remuneration Committee Report 
Directors Remuneration Report 

External appointments 

The Executive Directors are restricted under the terms of their Service Agreements from assuming any responsibilities or duties 
in any person without written Board consent. The Board may agree to such external appointments at its discretion, provided that 
any such external appointments do not and are unlikely to interfere with the Executive Director’s duties to the Group. The Policy 
is for the individual to retain any fee earned in relation to an external appointment. 

Chair and Non-Executive Directors’ fees and letters of appointment 

Fees for the Chair are determined by the Remuneration Committee, and fees for Non-Executive Directors are determined by the 
Chair and Executive Directors. 

Element 

Link to strategy 

Operation 

Fees 

To  recruit  and  retain 
Non-Executive 
Directors 
a 
of 
suitable  calibre  for 
the  role  and  duties 
required. 

Fees  are  normally  reviewed  annually,  taking 
into  account  the  time  commitment  required, 
the responsibilities assumed and comparative 
market  rates.  Fees  are  paid  in  monthly 
instalments  and  may  be  paid  in  cash  and/or 
arrangements  can  be  made  for  net  cash 
proceeds  after  all  deductions  to  be  used  to 
purchase shares in the Company. 

Performance 
assessment 
Not applicable 

Maximum limit 

is 

no 
There 
limit 
maximum 
are 
but 
fees 
assessed 
taking 
into  account  the 
size and nature of 
the Group. 

fees 

The Chair receives a total annual fee in respect 
of  Board  duties.  Non-Executive  Directors 
receive an annual Board fee, and may receive 
additional 
for  extra  responsibilities 
undertaken,  such  as  for  participation  on 
certain 
exceptional 
circumstances,  fees  may  also  be  paid  for 
additional  time  spent  on  the  Company’s 
business outside of normal duties. 

committees. 

In 

reimbursed 

Directors  will  be 
for  any 
reasonable business expenses incurred in the 
course  of  their  duties,  including  the  tax 
payable thereon. 

Non-executive Directors do not participate in 
any  variable  remuneration  or  receive  any 
benefits. 

There is no fixed term in respect of each Non-executive Director appointment.  Appointments can be terminated by either party 
on reasonable notice (usually three months’) with no compensation in the event of such termination, other than accrued fees and 
expenses.  The Non-Executive Directors are subject to re-election by rotation by shareholders at least once every three years. No 
Director plays a part in any decision about their own remuneration. 

Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group 

In making decisions on Executive Director remuneration, the committee considers pay and conditions of other employees across 
the Group, and considers  any informal feedback received.  The Group  does not formally consult with employees on executive 
remuneration as the size and scope of Serabi’s operations at this stage in its development would make any consultation process 
ineffectual. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Remuneration Committee Report 
Directors Remuneration Report 

Dilution 

The  Company has, at all times, complied  with the dilution  limit contained within the rules of each share  plan (principally an 
aggregate limit of 10% of the issued share capital of the Company in any ten-year period), and the Committee reviews the position 
before any proposed grant to ensure this limit is not breached. 

As  at  31  December  2022,  there  were  2,614,500  share  options  and/or  conditional  shares  outstanding  under  the  Company’s 
performance share schemes, equating to less than 3.5% of the issued Ordinary Shares of the Company at that date.  

Shareholder views 

The Company has not, to date, sought formal shareholder approval for its Remuneration Policy. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Sustainability Committee 

The Board has established a Sustainability Committee to enhance Serabi’s social licence to operate by supporting and monitoring 

the sustainable development  of Serabi’s business and  the communities in which  it operates, and overseeing  the integrity of its 

sustainability reporting. 

It is considered that the Committee will have oversight of the following areas 

(a) 

Safety, including: 
(i)  major hazards, including underground mines, tailings and water storage;  
(ii) 
(iii)  safety maturity; 

critical risk management; and 

(b)  Health, including: 

occupational health; and 

(i) 
(ii)  mental health and well-being in the workforce; 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

Environment, including: 
(i)  water management; 
(ii)  air emissions, including dust; 
(iii) 
(iv)  waste management; and 
(v)  mine closure and legacy management, 

land stewardship and biodiversity; 

Climate  change,  including  compliance  with  the  Task-force  on  Climate-related  Financial  Disclosure  (TCFD) 
requirements and decarbonisation initiatives and targets 

Communities and social performance, including: 
(i) 

community relations, including with traditional owners and other indigenous peoples on whose lands Serabi 
operates and local politicians; 
the  economic,  cultural  and  social  development  of  the  communities  in  which  Serabi  operates,  including 
employment, training and development, and local supply chain development; 

(ii) 

(iii)  sustainable development issues as they relate to suppliers and supply chains, including modern slavery; 
(iv)  security (being the security of the Group’s people and assets, including business resilience); and 
(v)  human  rights  monitoring  (including  oversight  of  equality,  diversity  and  inclusion  initiatives)  and  issue 

management. 

The  Committee will  comprise  three or more  directors of  the  Company  including  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  at  least  two 
independent non-executive directors who shall be appointed by the Board and it is expected that it should meet at least four times 
each year. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Directors Report 

The Directors present their report together with the audited financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022. 

Results and dividends 

The Group loss for the year after taxation amounts to US$983,047 (2021: profit of US$9,949,964). The Directors do not recommend 
the payment of a dividend.  

The results for the year are set out on page ● in the statement of comprehensive income. 

Principal activities and business review 

The principal activity of the Company is that of a holding and gold sales company and a provider of support and management 
services to its operating subsidiaries. Together with its subsidiaries (see note 11), it is involved in the development of gold and 
other metals mining projects in Brazil and the operation of the Palito gold mine in the Tapajos region of Brazil.  The Company 
does not have any branches outside of the UK and the operations  in Brazil are conducted through wholly owned subsidiaries 
incorporated in Brazil. 

A detailed review of activities, future developments and the Group’s projects is included in the Chair’s Statement and the Strategic 
Report. 

Substantial shareholdings 

As at 28 April 2023, the Company was aware of the following holdings of three per cent or more in the Company’s issued share 
capital: 

Name 
Fratelli Investments Limited 
Greenstone Resources II LP 
Premier Miton Group PLC 
River and Mercantile Asset Management 

Share capital 

Number of 
shares held 
19,318,785 
19,083,394 
4,207,784 
3,622,550 

Per centage 
25.5% 
25.2% 
5.6% 
4.8% 

Details of the share capital and movements in share capital during the period are disclosed in note 21 to the financial statements. 
The Company did not undertake any purchases of its own shares during the period. 

During the period the Group did not make any share option awards under the Serabi Mining 2011 Share Option Plan to Directors 
and other employees. 

During the period the Group has not made any issues of Conditional Share Awards under the 2020 Serabi Gold Restricted Share 
Plan. 

As at 31 December 2022, there were 4,003,527 warrants in issue.  Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one new ordinary 
shares at an exercise price of 93.75 pence per shares,  The exercise period for the warrants expires on 23 May 2023. 

Company’s listings 

The Company’s ordinary shares have been traded on AIM since 10 May 2005 and on the TSX since 30 March 2011. 

Going concern 

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position, are set 
out in the Group Strategic Report. The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, and liquidity position are described in the 
Chief Financial Officer’s Review and set out in the Group Financial Statements. Further details of the Group’s commitments and 
maturity analysis of financial liabilities are set out in note 23 and 25 respectively of the Group Financial Statements. In addition, 
note  22  to  the Group Financial Statements  includes  the  Group’s  objectives, policies and  processes  for  managing its  capital;  its 
financial risk management objectives; details of its financial instruments; and its exposures to credit risk and liquidity risk.  

The Directors have a reasonable expectation that, after taking into account reasonably possible changes in trading performance, 
and  the  current  macroeconomic  situation,  the  Group  has  adequate  resources  to  continue  in  operational  existence  for  the 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Directors Report 

foreseeable  future.  Thus,  they  continue  to  adopt  the  going  concern basis  of  accounting  in  preparing  the  Financial  Statements. 
Further details are provided in Going Concern section of the Group Strategic Report on pages 23 and 24. 

Website publication 

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  ensuring  the  Annual  Report  and  the  financial  statements  are  made  available  on  a  website.  
Financial statements are published on the Group's website in accordance with legislation in the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements, which may vary from legislation in other jurisdictions.  The maintenance 
and integrity of the Group's website is the responsibility of the Directors.  The Directors' responsibility also extends to the ongoing 
integrity of the financial statements contained therein. 

Engagement with stakeholders 

Details of the approach taken by the Directors to engage with its various stakeholders including its suppliers are outlined in the 
Strategic Report on pages 14 to 16.  

Principal risks and uncertainties 

The principal risks and uncertainties are outlined in the Strategic Report on pages 25 to 32. 

Management of financial risks 

Capital management and financial risk disclosures are provided within notes 22 and 25 of the financial statements. 

Corporate governance 

The  Directors  have  responsibility  for  the  overall  corporate  governance  of  the  Group  and  recognise  the  need  for  the  highest 
standards of behaviour and accountability. The Directors are committed to the principles underlying best practice in corporate 
governance and have adopted the Corporate Governance Code (“the QCA Code”) prepared by the Quoted Companies Alliance 
(“QCA”). In addition, the Company as a result of the listing of its shares on the TSX observes the principles of  Canadian National 
Policy  58-201  –  Corporate  Governance  Guidelines  which  establishes  corporate  governance  guidelines  that  apply  to  all  public 
companies.  The  Group  has  instituted  corporate  governance  practices  that  also,  where  practical,  take  consideration  of  these 
guidelines.  Further details are set out in the Report on Corporate Governance on pages 43 to 50.  

Board composition 

The Directors who served during the year are shown on pages 47.   

The  Board  has  a  wide  range  of  experience  directly  relevant  to  the  Group  and  its  activities  and  its  structure  ensures  that  no 
individual or group of individuals dominate the decision making process. 

Further  details  relating  to  the  Board,  independence  and  meetings  undertaken  during  the  year  are  set  out  in  the  Report  on 
Corporate Governance on pages 43 to 50.   

Committees 

The Company has established an Audit Committee, a Remuneration Committee, a Sustainability Committee, and an Executive 
Committee. Details of these committees are set out in the Report on Corporate Governance on pages 41 to 75. 

Employees 

The Group has a policy of equal opportunities throughout the organisation, and is proud of its culture of diversity and tolerance.  
Employees benefit from regular communication both informally and formally with regard to Group issues (external and internal 
developments, updates, etc.), including regular news updates distributed electronically and displayed at the mine site and in the 
corporate offices. Employees are made aware of the Company’s share ownership policy, both to ensure compliance with listing 
rules but also to make them aware of the opportunity to participate in the Company’s share performance.  

Share dealing 

The Company has adopted a share dealing code for Directors and employees in accordance with the AIM Rules and Market Abuse 
Regulations and takes proper steps to ensure compliance by the Directors and its employees. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Directors Report 

Internal controls 

Details of the Board’s responsibilities and actions regarding internal controls are set out within the Risks and Control section of 
the Strategic Report 

Key contracts 

The Group has contractual arrangements with key suppliers for its operations notably for fuel, power, reagents and equipment 
spare parts.  It also has an existing commitment to sell its production of copper/gold concentrate to a single customer which was 
entered into at the start of 2022 for a two year period.  However, management considers that alternative suppliers and purchasers 
could be arranged if necessary and do not therefore consider that the Group is unduly reliant on any single contract or supplier. 

The Group is reliant on retaining its exploration and mining licences and its operating licences which are subject to compliance 
with various Federal and State regulations and obligations.  The Group considers such compliance a high priority in view of this 
reliance. 

Post balance sheet events 

On 14 February 2023, the Group entered into hedging contracts with an international bank whereby it acquired sell options over 
monthly quantities of gold over the period March 2023 to February 2024 totalling 10,215 ounces of gold at a price of US$1,800.  At 
the same time, it sold to the bank options in favour of the bank to buy the equivalent monthly quantities of gold at prices ranging 
between US$2,000 and US$2,065 per ounce.  It also acquired options to sell monthly receipts of US Dollars ranging between US$2.3 
million and US$1.15 million for Brazilian Real at an exchange rate of BRL5.10 to USD1.00.  At the same time, it sold to the bank 
options in favour of the bank to buy from the Group the equivalent Brazilian Real receipts at exchange rates ranging from 5.325 
to 5.800 over the same 12 month period.  In this way the Group has secured a minimum equivalent gold price in Brazilian Real of 
BRL9,180 per ounce in respect of 10,215 ounces and sold options in favour of the bank of future prices ranging between BRL10,650 
per ounce and BRL11,997 per ounce depending on the option expiry date.  Since January 2021 the BRL price for gold peaked at 
BRL10,342 in March 2023 and was at a low of BRL8,507 in November 2022.  The hedging arrangements are unsecured and not 
subject to margin calls. 

On 28 February  2023, the Group completed  a US$5.0 million unsecured loan arrangement with Santander Bank  in Brazil.  The 
loan is repayable as a bullet payment on 22 February 2024 and carries an interest coupon of 7.96 per cent.  The proceeds raised 
from the loan will be used for working capital and secure adequate liquidity to repay a similar arrangement which is due to be 
repaid on 12 May 2023. 

Except as set out above, there has been no item, transaction or event of a material or unusual nature likely, in the opinion of the 
Directors of the Company, to affect significantly the continuing operation of the entity, the results of these operations, or the state 
of affairs of the entity in future financial periods. 

Indemnification of Directors and officers 

During the financial year, the Group paid a premium in respect of a contract, insuring the Directors of the Company, the Company 
Secretary and  all executive officers of  the  Group against liability incurred as such a  Director, Company  Secretary  or executive 
officer to the extent permitted under legislation. 

Political donations 

No political donations were made in 2022. 

Auditor 

The auditor, PKF Littlejohn LLP , who was appointed during the calendar year, has confirmed its willingness to remain as auditor 
to the Company.  A resolution to appoint PKF Littlejohn LLP will be put to the Annual General Meeting. 

Disclosure of audit information 

As far as each of the Directors is aware, at the time this report was approved: 

(a)  there is no relevant available information of which the auditor is unaware; and 

(b) they have taken all steps that ought to have been taken to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and 

to establish that the auditor is aware of that information. 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Directors Report 

Directors’ responsibilities statement 

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic Report, the Director’s Report and the Financial Statements in accordance 
with applicable laws and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Company law requires the Directors 
to prepare Group and Company Financial Statements for each financial year. The Directors are required by the AIM Rules of the 
London  Stock  Exchange  to  prepare  Group  Financial  Statements  in  accordance  with  United  Kingdom  (“UK”)  adopted 
international accounting standards (“UK IAS”)  

Under company law the Directors must not approve the Financial Statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and 
fair  view  of  the  state  of  affairs  and  profit  or  loss  of  the  Company  and  Group  for  that  period.  In  preparing  these  Financial 
Statements, the Directors are required to: 

 
 
 

 

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently, 
make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent, 
state  whether  applicable  UK  IAS  and  regulations  have  been  followed,  subject  to  any  material  departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial statements, and  
prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group 
and the Company will continue in business. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s and 
the  Company’s  transactions  and  disclose  with  reasonable  accuracy  at  any  time  the  financial  position  of  the  Group  and  the 
Company and enable them to ensure that the Financial Statements, and the  Directors’  Remuneration  Report comply with the 
Companies Act  2006. They are also  responsible for  safeguarding the assets of  the  Group and Company and hence for  taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. 

The Directors confirm that: 

 

 

So far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group‘s auditor is unaware, 
and 
The Directors have taken all steps that they ought to have taken as directors to make themselves aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that the auditor is aware of that information. 

This confirmation is given pursuant to section 418 of the Companies Act 2006 and should be interpreted in accordance with and 
subject to those provisions. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Group's 
website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. 

By order of the Board 

Clive Line 
Company Secretary 
2 May 2023 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Financial Statements 

Contents 

77 

82 

Independent Auditor’s Report 
Group Statement of Comprehensive 
Income 

83  Group Balance Sheet 
84  Company Balance Sheet 

85 

86 

87 

Group Statement of Changes in 
Equity 
Company Statement of Changes in 
Equity 
Group and Company Cash Flow 
Statements 

88  Notes to the Financial Statements 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Independent Auditor’s Report 

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Serabi Gold Plc 

Opinion  

We have audited the financial statements of Serabi Gold Plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for the year 
ended 31 December 2022 which comprise the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income/(Loss), the Group Balance Sheet, the 
Company Balance Sheet, the Group and Company Statements of Changes in Equity, the Group and Company Statements of Cash 
Flows and notes to the financial statements, including significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that has 
been applied in their preparation is applicable law and UK-adopted international accounting standards and as regards the parent 
company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.  

In our opinion:  

 

 

 

 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 
December 2022 and of the group’s loss for the year then ended;  

the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting 
standards; 

the  parent  company financial  statements have been properly  prepared  in  accordance with UK-adopted  international 
accounting standards and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and 

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.  

Basis for opinion  

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  International  Standards  on  Auditing  (UK)  (ISAs  (UK))  and  applicable  law.  Our 
responsibilities  under  those  standards  are  further  described  in  the  Auditor’s  responsibilities  for  the  audit  of  the  financial 
statements  section  of  our  report.  We  are  independent  of  the  group  and  parent  company  in  accordance  with  the  ethical 
requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied 
to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that 
the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.  

Conclusions relating to going concern  

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded  that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in  the 
preparation  of  the  financial  statements  is  appropriate.  Our  evaluation  of  the  directors’  assessment  of  the  group’s  and  parent 
company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

obtaining the group cash flow forecast and assessing the reasonableness of underlying assumptions, including forecast 
levels of expenditure and revenue used in preparing these forecasts. To assess the reasonableness and timings of the cash 
inflows and outflows, we used our knowledge of the business and compared the forecasts to the Directors’ approved 
budgets and challenged the inputs used; 

assessing whether a liquidity shortfall arises at any point during management’s assessment; 

comparing forecast sales with recent historical financial information to consider accuracy of forecasting; 

verifying cash balances used in the forecast close to the date of sign off of these financial statements; 

performing  sensitivity  analysis  thereon  and  evaluating  potential  mitigating  factors  that  could  be  actioned  by 
management; and 

assessing  the  appropriateness  of  the  going  concern  disclosures  included  in  the  financial  statements  against  the 
requirements of the relevant auditing standards. 

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group's or parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue. 

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of 
this report. 

Our application of materiality  

We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatements. At 
the planning stage materiality is used to determine the financial statement areas that are included within the scope of our audit. 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Independent Auditor’s Report 

Materiality for the group financial statements as a whole was $881,000 with performance materiality set at $528,000, being 60% of 
group materiality. Materiality for the financial statements as a whole was based upon 1.5% of the group’s revenues. 

In determining materiality, we considered the Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) used in the Annual Report and Accounts. We 
consider  revenue  to  be  the  primary  measure  used  by  the  shareholders  in  assessing  the  performance  of  the  group,  driving 
profitability within the group and revenue is expected to provide a more stable measure year on year. The percentage applied to 
this  benchmark  has  been  selected  to  bring  into  scope  all  significant  classes  of  transactions,  account  balances  and  disclosures 
relevant for the shareholders, and also to ensure that matters that would have a significant impact on the reported profit were 
appropriately considered. 

In  determining  performance  materiality,  the  significant  judgements  made  were  in  respect  of  the  prior  year’s  identified  fraud 
investigation and the fact that 2022 represented the first year of our appointment as auditors to the group. 

We agreed  with the audit committee that we would  report all  individual audit differences identified for the group during  the 
course  of  our  audit  in  excess  of  $44,000  together  with  any  other  audit  misstatements  below  that  threshold  that  we  believe 
warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 

Materiality applied to the company’s financial statements was $735,000 with performance materiality set at $441,000, being 60% 
of the company materiality. 

The benchmark for materiality of the company was 0.6% of the company’s gross assets.  The significant judgements used by us in 
determining this were that total assets  are  the primary measure  used by the shareholders in assessing  the  performance of  the 
company. The percentage applied to this benchmark has been selected to bring into scope all significant classes of transactions, 
account  balances and  disclosures  relevant  for  the  shareholders, and also  to  ensure  that  matters  that  would  have a  significant 
impact on the reported profit were appropriately considered. 

In  determining  performance  materiality,  the  significant  judgements  made  were  in  respect  of  the  prior  year’s  identified  fraud 
investigation and the fact that 2022 represented the first year of our appointment as auditors to the company. 

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report all individual audit differences identified for the company during the 
course  of  our  audit  in  excess  of  $36,000  together  with  any  other  audit  misstatements  below  that  threshold  that  we  believe 
warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 

Our approach to the audit 

Our audit is risk based and is designed to focus our efforts on the areas at greatest risk of material misstatement, aspects subject 
to significant management judgement as well as greatest complexity, risk and size. 

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality, as above, and assessed the risk of material misstatement in the financial 
statements.  In  particular,  we  looked  at  areas  involving  significant  accounting  estimates  and  judgement  by  the  directors  and 
considered future events that are inherently uncertain. These areas of estimate and judgement included: 

-  Quantification of mineral resources 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Revenue recognition 

Inventory valuation 

Impairment of mining assets and other property, plant and equipment 

Recoverability of debts including recoverable taxes 

Recoverability of investments in subsidiaries and inter-company debts 

Restoration, rehabilitation and environmental provisions 

Key audit matters  

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the 
audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.  

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Independent Auditor’s Report 

Key Audit Matter 
Valuation of capitalised exploration costs (Note 8) 

  As  at  31  December  2022,  the  Group’s  Deferred 
exploration assets are valued at $18.6m (2021: $34.9m) 
and  are  key  to  the  long-term  success  of  the  Group.  
the  related  critical 
Details  of 
judgements and estimates are disclosed in notes [1] and 
[8]. 

these  assets  and 

 

Significant  judgement  and  estimation  is  required  by 
management to assess the 

recoverability of the balances and as a result there is the risk that 
these balances are incorrectly valued. 

Carrying value of Mining assets (Note 9) 
As  at  31  December  2022  the  Group’s  Mining  Assets  totalled 
$48.4m (2021: $27.6m) and details of these assets and the related 
critical  judgements  and estimates are  disclosed  in  notes [1]  and 
[9].  

How our scope addressed this matter 

Our work in this area included: 

Reviewing the exploration and evaluation expenditures to assess 
their eligibility for capitalisation under  IFRS 6 by corroborating 
spend to original source documentation; 

Obtaining the current  exploration  licences  and  ensured that they 
remain valid during the year and at the year end; 

Challenging  management  over  the  future  plans  for  each  license 
including obtaining cashflow projections for each licence where 
necessary;  

A consideration of any impairment indicators set out in IFRS 6 & 
IAS 36; and 

A review of key external reports for indicators of impairment. 

Our work in this area included: 

Obtaining,  reviewing  &  challenging  management’s  discounted 
cash flow model; 

Management assess the recoverable amounts 
of these balances on a cash generating unit (CGU)  basis using  a 
management prepared discounted cash flow model. 

Assessing  &  challenging  the  appropriateness  of  management’s 
inputs and assessment of each cash generating unit; 

the  significant 

Given 
judgements  and  estimates  used  by 
management in determining the valuation of these assets there is 
the risk that the valuation of the mining assets is incorrect. 

Valuation of investments and Intercompany receivables (Plc 
only) – (Note 11) 
As  at  31  December  2022,  the  carrying  value  of  investments  in 
subsidiaries is $102.9m (2021: $102.6m).  This value is ultimately 
dependent  on  the  value  of  the  underlying  assets.  The  carrying 
value  of  these  investments  is  material  to  the  parent  company 
financial statements. 

A  significant  portion  of  the  underlying  assets  are  exploration 
mining  assets  making  it  difficult  to  definitively  determine  their 
value. 

Valuations for these projects are therefore based on judgments and 
estimates  made  by  the  Directors  -  which  leads  to  a  risk  of 
misstatement. 

Assessing and reviewing indicators of impairment as per IAS 36 
and considering whether any apply to the Group; 

Ensuring that the basis of preparation 
of the model is in line with applicable accounting standards; 

Assessing  &  challenging  the  appropriateness  of  estimates  and 
inputs; 

A visit to the mine site to confirm existence of the assets; and 

Ensuring inputs into the model are in line with third party expert’s 
opinion of total mineral resources available at each site. 

Our work in this area included: 

Confirming ownership of investments held by the Parent 
Company to underlying documentation; 

Obtaining the impairment review for all investments prepared by 
management and challenging management in respect of the 
assumptions & judgements made;  

Reviewing the value of the net investment in subsidiaries against 
the underlying assets to assess the recoverability of investments; 

Reviewing and challenging management’s assumption that the 
operation in Brazil is one cash generating unit (CGU); and 

Obtaining and testing management’s cash flow forecast for the 
CGU which underpins the value held as investments by Serabi 
Gold plc.  

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Independent Auditor’s Report 

Other information  

The  other  information  comprises  the  information  included  in  the  annual  report,  other  than  the  financial  statements  and  our 
auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. Our opinion 
on the group and parent company financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise 
explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other 
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or 
our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material 
inconsistencies  or  apparent  material  misstatements,  we  are  required  to  determine  whether  this  gives  rise  to  a  material 
misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.  

We have nothing to report in this regard.  

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006  

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:  

 

 

the  information  given  in  the  strategic  report  and  the  directors’  report  for  the  financial  year  for  which  the  financial 
statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and  

the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.  

Matters on which we are required to report by exception  

In the  light of  the knowledge and understanding of the group  and the parent company and  their environment  obtained in the 
course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.  

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report 
to you if, in our opinion:  

 

 

 

adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or  

the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or  

certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or  

  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.  

Responsibilities of directors  

As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the group 
and parent company financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control 
as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.  

In preparing the group and parent company financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group and the 
parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going  concern  basis  of  accounting  unless  the  directors  either  intend  to  liquidate  the group or  the  parent  company or  to  cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.  

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements  

Our  objectives  are  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  as  a  whole  are  free  from  material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is 
a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it  exists. Misstatements can  arise from  fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial 
statements.  

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which 
our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below: 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Independent Auditor’s Report 

  We obtained an understanding of the group and parent company and the sector in which they operate to identify laws 
and regulations that could reasonably be expected to have a direct effect on the financial statements. We obtained our 
understanding in this regard through discussions with management, industry research and experience of the sector etc. 

  We determined the principal laws and regulations relevant to the group and parent company in this regard to be those 
arising from the Companies Act 2006, UK-adopted international accounting standards, the AIM Rules for Companies, 
as well as local laws and regulations in the jurisdiction in which the group and parent company operate. 

  We  designed  our  audit  procedures  to  ensure  the  audit  team  considered whether  there  were  any  indications  of  non-
compliance by the group and parent company with those laws and regulations. These procedures included, but were 
not limited to: 

o 

o 

o 

o 

conducting enquiries of management regarding potential instances of non-compliance;  

reviewing RNS announcements;  

reviewing legal and professional fees ledger accounts; and 

reviewing board minutes and other correspondence from management.  

  We also identified the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements due to fraud. We considered, in addition 
to  the  non-rebuttable  presumption  of  a  risk  of  fraud  arising  from  management  override  of  controls,  whether  key 
management judgements could include management bias was identified in relation: 

o  Valuation of capitalised exploration costs  

o  Carrying value of Mining assets  

o  Valuation of investments and Intercompany receivables  

We addressed these as outlined in  the Key audit matters section above. The potential for management bias  also existed in  the 
recognition and recoverability of current & deferred tax assets, valuation of inventory and share-based payments recognised in 
the year. Audit procedures were performed in this regard to recalculate the charge with reference to the underlying agreements.  

  As in all of our audits, we addressed the risk of fraud arising from management override of controls by performing audit 
procedures which included, but were not limited to: the testing of journals; reviewing accounting estimates for evidence 
of bias; and evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course 
of business. 

  Compliance  with  laws  and  regulations  at  the  subsidiary  level  was  ensured  through  enquiry  of  management, 

communication with component auditors and correspondence for any instances of non-compliance 

Because of the inherent limitations of an audit, there is a risk that we will not detect all irregularities, including those leading to a 
material misstatement in the financial statements or non-compliance with regulation. This risk increases the more that compliance 
with a law or regulation is removed from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, as we will be less likely 
to become aware of  instances of non-compliance. The risk is  also greater regarding  irregularities occurring due to  fraud rather 
than error, as fraud involves intentional concealment, forgery, collusion, omission or misrepresentation. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.  

Use of our report 

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone, other than the company and the company's members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or 
for the opinions we have formed. 

Joseph Archer (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
For and on behalf of PKF Littlejohn LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
                                              2 May 2023 

15 Westferry Circus 
Canary Wharf 
London E14 4HD 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Group Statement of Comprehensive Income/(Loss) 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

Revenue  
Cost of sales 
Provision for impairment of taxes receivable 
Depreciation and amortisation charges 
Total cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Administration expenses 
Share-based payments 
Gain /(loss)on disposal of fixed assets 
Operating profit 
Foreign exchange (loss)/gain 
Finance expense 
Finance income 
(Loss) / profit before taxation 
Income tax expense 
(Loss) / profit for the period(1)  

Other comprehensive income (net of tax) 
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to 
profit or loss 
Exchange differences on translating foreign 
operations 
Total comprehensive profit for the period(1) 
Earnings per ordinary share (basic) (1)  
Earnings per ordinary share (diluted) (1)  

Notes 

2 

3 

4 
4 

5 

7 
7 

Group 

For the year 
ended 
31 December 
2022 
US$ 

For the year 
ended 
31 December 
2021 
US$ 

58,709,328 
(43,110,870) 
(1,151,899) 
(6,572,461) 
(50,835,230) 
7,874,098 
(5,447,224) 
(249,210) 
33,993 
2,211,657 
131,938 
(3,411,784) 
291,885 
(776,304) 
(206,743) 
(983,047) 

63,141,437 
(37,759,318) 
– 
(6,049,628) 
(43,808,946) 
19,332,491 
(5,825,655) 
(270,631) 
(160,219) 
13,075,986 
(41,456) 
(261,825) 
585,840 
13,358,545 
(3,408,581) 
9,949,964 

2,371,399 

(4,643,212) 

1,388,352 
(1.30c) 
(1.30c) 

5,306,752 
13.85c 
12.92c 

(1)  
(2) 

The Group has no non-controlling interests and all profits are attributable to the equity holders of the Parent Company. 
Notes to the Accounts on pages xx to xx form an integral part of these financial statements 

82 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Group Balance Sheet 
As at 31 December 2022 

Non-current assets 
Deferred exploration costs 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right of use assets 
Taxes receivable 
Deferred taxation 
Total non-current assets 
Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Prepayments 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Total current assets 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Interest-bearing liabilities 
Accruals 
Total current liabilities 
Net current assets 
Total assets less current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions 
Deferred tax liability 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Interest-bearing liabilities 
Total non-current liabilities 
Net assets 

Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium reserve 
Option reserve 
Other reserves 
Translation reserve 
Retained surplus 
Equity shareholders’ funds attributable 
to owners of the parent 

Notes 

8 
9 
10 
13 
5 

12 
13 
14 
15 

16 
18 

16 
17 
5 
19 
18 

21 

Company Number 5131528 

Group 

At 31 December 
2022 
US$ 

At 31 December 
2021 
US$ 

18,621,180 
48,482,519 
5,374,042 
3,446,032 
1,545,684 
77,469,457 

8,706,351 
5,291,924 
1,572,149 
7,196,313 
22,766,737 

5,830,872 
6,111,126 
461,857 
12,403,855 
10,362,882 
87,832,339 

3,800,886 
1,190,175 
480,922 
– 
837,293 
6,309,276 
81,523,063 

34,857,905 
27,575,335 
2,600,631 
605,125 
1,224,360 
66,863,356 

6,973,207 
2,307,458 
2,316,669 
12,217,751 
23,815,085 

5,624,511 
290,060 
397,400 
6,311,971 
17,503,114 
84,366,470 

427,663 
2,581,431 
861,430 
165,495 
444,950 
4,480,969 
79,885,501 

11,213,618 
36,158,068 
1,324,558 
14,459,255 
(66,276,771) 
84,644,335 

11,213,618 
36,158,068 
1,075,348 
13,694,731 
(68,648,170) 
86,391,906 

81,523,063 

79,885,501 

Other reserves comprise a merger reserve of US$361,461 and a taxation reserve of US$14,097,794 (2021: merger reserve of 
US$361,461 and taxation reserve of US$13,333,270). 

The financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 2 May 2023 and signed on its 
behalf by: 

Clive Line 
Finance Director 
2 May 2023

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Company Balance Sheet 
As at 31 December 2022 

Non-current assets 
Investments in subsidiaries 
Other receivables 
Total non-current assets 
Current assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Prepayments and prepaid taxes 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Total current assets 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Accruals 
Total current liabilities 
Net current liabilities 
Total assets less current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Total non-current liabilities 
Net assets 

Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium reserve 
Option reserve 
Merger reserve 
Retained surplus 
Equity shareholders’ funds attributable 
to owners of the parent 

Notes 

11 
13 

13 
14 
15 

16 

19 

21 

Company Number 5131528 

Company 

At 31 December 
2022 
US$ 

At 31 December 
2021 
US$ 

102,950,962 
9,786,036 
112,736,998 

5,244,841 
163,737 
4,156,908 
9,565,487 

30,773,071 
231,278 
31,004,349 
(21,438,862) 
91,298,136 

– 
– 
91,298,136 

11,213,618 
36,158,068 
1,324,558 
361,461 
42,240,431 

102,623,843 
9,784,884 
112,408,727 

2,274,114 
146,922 
8,586,734 
11,007,770 

29,836,667 
237,406 
30,074,073 
(19,066,303) 
93,342,424 

165,495 
165,495 
93,176,929 

11,213,618 
36,158,068 
1,075,348 
361,461 
44,368,434 

91,298,136 

93,176,929 

A  separate  statement of  comprehensive income for  Serabi  Gold plc  has not  been  prepared as permitted  by  Section  408 of  the 
Companies Act 2006.  The loss of the Company for the year ended 31 December 2022 was US$2,128,003 (2021: loss of US$3,594,662). 

The financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 2 May 2023 and signed on its 
behalf by: 

Clive Line 
Finance Director 
2 May 2023

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

Group 

Equity shareholders’ 
funds at 31 December 
2020 
Foreign currency 
adjustments 
Profit for year 
Total comprehensive 
income for the year  
Shares issued in period 
Transfer to taxation 
reserve 
Share options lapsed in 
period 
Share option expense 
Equity shareholders’ 
funds at 31 December 
2021 
Foreign currency 
adjustments 
Profit for year 
Total comprehensive 
income for the year  
Transfer to taxation 
reserve 
Share option expense 
Equity shareholders’ 
funds at 31 December 
2022 

Share 
capital 
US$ 

Share 
premium 
US$ 

Share option 
reserve 
US$ 

Other 
reserves 
US$ 

Translation 
reserve  
US$ 

Retained 
surplus 
US$ 

Total equity 
US$ 

8,905,116 

21,905,976 

1,173,044 

10,254,048 

(64,004,958) 

79,514,298 

57,747,524 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2,308,502 

14,252,092 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(368,327) 

270,631 

– 

– 

– 

– 

3,440,683 

– 

– 

(4,643,212) 

– 

(4,643,212) 

– 

9,949,964 

9,949,964 

(4,643,212) 

9,949,964 

5,306,752 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

16,560,594 

(3,440,683) 

368,327 

– 

– 

– 

270,631 

11,213,618 

36,158,068 

1,075,348 

13,694,731 

(68,648,170) 

86,391,906 

79,885,501 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

764,524 

249,210 

– 

– 

(983,047) 

(983,047) 

2,371,399 

– 

2,371,399 

2,371,399 

(983,047) 

1,388,352 

– 

– 

(764,524) 

– 

– 

249,210 

11,213,618 

36,158,068 

1,324,558 

14,459,255 

(66,276,771) 

84,644,335 

81,523,063 

Other reserves comprise a merger reserve of US$361,461 and a taxation reserve of US$14,097,794 (2021: merger reserve of 
US$361,461 and taxation reserve of US$13,333,270). 

The following is a description of each of the reserve accounts that comprise equity shareholders’ funds 

Share capital 
Share premium 
Share option reserve  

Other reserves 

Translation reserve  
Retained surplus 

The share capital comprises the issued ordinary shares of the Company at par. 
The share premium comprises the excess value recognised from the issue of ordinary shares at par. 
Cumulative fair value of options charged to the statement of comprehensive income net of transfers to the profit and 
loss reserve on exercised and cancelled/lapsed options. 
Other reserves is comprised of a merger reserve arising on the acquisition of Kenai Resources Limited, representing the 
difference between the nominal value of the shares issued and their fair value, and a warrant reserve being the 
cumulative fair value of warrants issued associated with equity shares issued. 
The Group has also established a taxation reserve.  The reserve is used to accumulate taxation savings received by the 
Group as a result of a lower taxation rate being applied in Brazil through its eligibility for a tax incentive programme 
(“SUDAM”). SUDAM reduces the Group’s effective tax rate from approximately 34 per cent to approximately 15.25 per 
cent. The regulations of the incentive programme require the Group to accumulate incentives received through tax 
savings in a taxation reserve.  The taxation reserve is not considered a distributable reserve  but can be used to meet the 
cost of regional investment programmes completed by the Group and approved by SUDAM. 
Cumulative gains and losses on translating the net assets of overseas operations to the presentation currency. 
Retained surplus / (accumulated losses) comprise the Group’s cumulative accounting profits and losses since inception. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 
Share 
capital 
US$ 

Company 

Share 
premium 
US$ 

Share option 
reserve 
US$ 

Other 
reserve 
US$ 

Retained 
surplus 
US$ 

Total equity 
US$ 

Equity shareholders’ funds 
at 31 December 2020 
Loss for the year 
Comprehensive loss for year 
Shares issued in period 
Share options lapsed in 
period 
Share option expense 
Equity shareholders’ funds 
at 31 December 2021 
Loss for the year 
Comprehensive loss for year 
Share option expense 
Equity shareholders’ funds 
at 31 December 2022 

8,905,116 

21,905,976 

1,173,044 

361,461 

47,594,769 

79,940,366 

– 
– 
2,308,502 

– 
– 
14,252,092 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(368,327) 

270,631 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

(3,594,662) 
(3,594,662) 
– 

368,327 

(3,594,662) 
(3,594,662) 
16,560,594 

– 

– 

270,631 

11,213,618 

36,158,068 

1,075,348 

361,461 

44,368,434 

93,176,929 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
249,210 

– 
– 
– 

(2,128,003) 
(2,128,003) 
– 

(2,128,003) 
(2,128,003) 
249,210 

11,213,618 

36,158,068 

1,324,558 

361,461 

42,240,431 

91,298,136 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Cashflow Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

  Notes 

5 

Cash outflows from operating activities 
(Loss)/profit for the period 
Net financial expense 
Depreciation – plant, equipment and mining properties 
Provision for impairment of taxes receivable 
Taxation expense 
Share-based payments 
(Gain)/loss on fixed asset sales 
Taxation paid 
Interest paid 
Foreign exchange (loss)/gain 

Changes in working capital 
Increase in inventories 

Group 

Company 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2022 
US$ 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2021 
US$ 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2022 
US$ 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2021 
US$ 

(983,047) 
2,987,961 
6,572,461 
1,151,899 
206,743 
249,210 
(33,993) 
(129,426) 
(208,592) 
(191,328) 

9,949,964 
(282,559) 
6,049,628 
– 
3,408,581 
270,631 
160,219 
(1,125,382) 
(1,302,708) 
(104,531) 

(2,128,003) 
(12,712) 
– 
– 
– 
249,210 
– 
(23,140) 
35,384 
– 

(3,594,662) 
54,607 
218,682 
– 
– 
270,631 
– 
– 
(1,260,213) 
40,424 

(1,435,025) 

(331,400) 

– 

– 

Increase in receivables, prepayments and accrued income 

(6,465,608) 

(1,259,952) 

(2,987,542) 

(255,713) 

Increase/(decrease) in payables, accruals and provisions 
Increase in short-term intercompany payables 
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operations 

234,314 
– 
1,955,569 

(637,285) 
– 
14,795,206  

(262,720) 
1,159,973 
(3,969,552) 

(495,355) 
1,829,761 
(3,191,838) 

Investing activities 
Acquisition payment for subsidiary 
Acquisition of other property rights 
Purchase of property, plant, equipment, and projects in 
construction 
Mine development expenditure 
Geological exploration expenditure 
Pre-operational project costs 
Proceeds from sale of assets 
Investment in subsidiaries 
Interest received and other finance income 
Net cash outflow on investing activities 

Financing activities 
Issue of ordinary share capital (net of costs) 
Issue of warrants 
Receipt of short-term loan 
Repayment of convertible loan 
Payment of convertible loan arrangement fee 
Payment of lease liabilities 
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 
Exchange difference on cash 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

9 

9 
8 
8 

11 

18 

87 

– 
– 

(5,500,000) 
(101,106) 

(4,447,588) 

(4,132,914) 

(3,629,505) 
(855,607) 
(2,328,113) 
171,824 
– 
126,390 
(10,962,599) 

(5,400,933) 
(4,102,530) 
(4,354,954) 
379,347 
– 
– 
(23,213,090) 

– 
– 
4,917,775 
– 
– 
(1,027,151) 
3,890,624 

(5,116,406) 
12,217,751 
94,968 
7,196,313 

16,560,593 
333,936 
– 
(2,000,000) 
(300,000) 
(355,836) 
14,238,694 

5,820,810 
6,603,620 
(206,679) 
12,217,751 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
(327,119) 
2,090 
(325,029) 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(4,294,581) 
8,586,734 
(135,245) 
4,156,908 

(5,500,000) 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
(1,009,734) 
– 
(6,509,734) 

16,560,593 
333,936 
– 
(2,000,000) 
(300,000) 
– 
14,594,530 

4,892,958 
3,813,957 
(120,181) 
8,586,734 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

1 

Significant accounting policies 

(a) 

Basis of preparation 

Serabi Gold plc (the “Company”) is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in England, the shares of which are 
listed on AIM, part of the London Stock Exchange, and the Toronto Stock Exchange. The public registered office and principal 
place of business are disclosed in the shareholder information section of the Annual Report.  

The principal activities of the Group are described in the Directors’ Report on page 72. 

The consolidated financial statements  are presented in US Dollars and has been selected based on the currency of the primary 
economic environment in which the Group as a whole operates on the basis that the Group’s primary product is generally traded 
by reference to its pricing in  US Dollars.  The functional currency of the Company is also considered to be the US Dollar. The 
consolidated financial statements  are prepared on the historical cost basis or the fair value basis where the fair valuing of relevant 
assets and liabilities has been applied. 

The parent and consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting 
standards  (UK  IAS)  and with  the  requirements of  the  Companies  Act  2006  as  applicable  to companies  reporting  under  those 
standards. 

On 31 December 2020, IFRS as adopted by the European Union at that date was brought into the UK law and became UK-adopted 
international accounting standards, with future changes being subject to endorsement by the UK Endorsement Board. The Group 
prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with UK IAS.  

Accounting standards, amendments and interpretations effective in 2022 

The Group has not adopted any standards or interpretations in advance of the required implementation dates.  

The following accounting standards came into effect as of 1 January 2022  

Property, Plant and Equipment – Proceeds before Intended Use (amendments to IAS 16) 
Onerous Contracts- Cost of Fulfilling a Contract (Amendments to IAS 37) 
Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 
Reference to Conceptual Framework (Amendments to IFRS 3) 

Effective Date 
1 January 2022 
1 January 2022 
1 January 2022 
1 January 2022 

The adoption of these standards has had no effect to date on the financial results of the Group. The updated standard Property, 
Plant and Equipment – Proceeds before Intended Use (amendments to IAS 16) which is effective 1 January 2022 will impact the 
Group as it develops the Coringa mine.  At such time as the Group generates revenues from the processing of ore from Coringa 
in future periods, this will be reflected as operational revenue of the business and the Group will account for the costs incurred in 
relation to this income as a cost of sale.  Previously, under IAS16, the sales would have been treated as a deduction from the cost 
of bringing an item (or items) of property, plant and equipment to the location and condition necessary to be capable of operating 
in the manner intended by management. 

There  are  a number of  standards,  amendments  to  standards, and  interpretations which  have  been  issued  that  are  effective  in 
future periods and which the Group has chosen not to adopt early. 

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts, including Amendments to IFRS 17 
Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (Amendments to IAS 1) and 
Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current – Deferral of Effective Date 

1 January 2023 

1 January 2023 

Going concern and availability of finance  

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position, are set 
out in the Group Strategic Report. The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, and liquidity position are described in the 
Chief Financial Officer’s Review and set out in the Group Financial Statements. Further details of the Group’s commitments and 
maturity analysis of financial liabilities are set out in note 23 and 25 respectively of the Group Financial Statements. In addition, 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

note  22  to  the  Group  Financial Statements  includes  the Group’s  objectives,  policies and processes for  managing  its  capital;  its 
financial risk management objectives; details of its financial instruments; and its exposures to credit risk and liquidity risk.  

The Directors have a reasonable expectation that, after taking into account reasonably possible changes in trading performance, 
and  the  current  macroeconomic  situation,  the  Group  has  adequate  resources  to  continue  in  operational  existence  for  the 
foreseeable  future.  Thus,  they  continue  to adopt  the  going  concern basis  of  accounting  in preparing  the  Financial Statements. 
Further details are provided in Going Concern section of the Group Strategic Report on pages 23 and 24. 

(b) 

Basis of consolidation 

(i) 

Subsidiaries and acquisitions  

The  consolidated  financial  statements  incorporate  the  financial  statements  of  the  Company  and  entities  controlled  by  the 
Company (its subsidiaries) made up to 31 December each year. Control is recognised where an investor is expected, or has 
rights, to variable returns from its investment with the investee, and has the ability to affect these returns through its power 
over the investee. Based on the circumstances of the acquisition an assessment will be made as to whether the acquisition 
represents an acquisition of a business or the acquisition of assets.  In the event of a business acquisition, the assets, liabilities 
and contingent liabilities of a subsidiary are measured at their fair value at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the cost of 
the acquisition over the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recognised as a “fair value” adjustment. If the cost 
of the acquisition is less  than the fair value of net  assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference  is recognised  directly in 
profit or loss.  In the event of an asset acquisition, assets and liabilities are assigned a carrying amount based on relative fair 
value. 

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the statement of comprehensive income 
from the effective date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate. 

In the Company’s balance sheet, investments in subsidiaries includes the investment in Kenai Resources Limited (“Kenai”) 
which was calculated at fair value,  and the difference between the  value of  the  shares  issued and their  fair value has been 
credited directly to a merger reserve.  

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies into line 
with those used by the Group. 

 (ii)  Transactions eliminated on consolidation 

Intra-group balances and any unrealised gains and losses or income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are 
eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. 

(c) 

Foreign currencies 

The  Group’s  presentational  currency  is  US  Dollars  and  has  been  selected  based  on  the  currency  of  the  primary  economic 
environment  in  which  the  Group  as  a  whole  operates  on  the  basis  that  the  Group’s  primary  product  is  generally  traded  by 
reference to its pricing in US Dollars.  The functional currency of the Company is also considered to be the US Dollar. 

Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of a company are recorded at a rate of exchange approximating to 
that prevailing at the date of the transaction. At each balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in 
currencies other than the functional currency are translated at the amounts prevailing at the balance sheet date and any gains or 
losses arising are recognised in the income statement.  

On  consolidation,  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Group’s  overseas  operations  for  which  the  US  Dollar  is  not  the  functional 
currency  are  translated at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Income and  expense items  are translated at  the 
average exchange rate for the period. Exchange differences arising on the net investment in subsidiaries are recognised in other 
comprehensive income. 

The US Dollar/Sterling exchange rate at 31 December 2022 was 1.2055 (2021: 1.3489). The Brazilian Real/US Dollar exchange rate 
at 31 December 2022 was 5.2171 (2021: 5.4388.). 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

(d) 

Property, plant and equipment 

(i)  Recognition and measurement 

Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation (note 1(d) (iii)) and impairment losses 
(note 1(h)). 

Upon demonstration of the feasibility of commercial production, any past deferred exploration, evaluation and development 
costs  related  to  that  operation  are  reclassified  as  projects  in  construction.  When  commercial  production commences  these 
expenditures are then subsequently transferred at cost to mining properties. They are stated at cost less amortisation charges 
and any provision for impairment.  

(ii)  Subsequent costs 

Costs relating to maintenance and upkeep of the Group’s assets, once such assets have been commissioned and entered into 
commercial operations, will generally be expensed as incurred.  In the event, however, that the costs demonstrably result in 
extending the original estimated life of such asset or enhances its value, then such expenditure is added to the carrying value 
of that asset and amortised over its remaining estimated useful life. 

(iii)  Depreciation 

Amortisation of mining property is calculated over the estimated life of the mineable inventory on a unit of production basis.  
Mineable inventory will be based on management’s judgement as to the recoverability of Measured, Indicated and Inferred 
Resources  and  these  judgements  may  vary  from  time  to  time  as  the  level  of  management’s  understanding  and  historical 
operational performance information increases.  Future forecasted capital mine development expenditure is included in the 
unit of production amortisation calculation. 

Depreciation  is  charged  to profit  or  loss on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  each  part  of  an  item of 
property, plant and equipment. Land is not depreciated. The estimated useful lives are as follows: 

Mining assets 

Processing plant 
Other plant and assay equipment 
Heavy vehicles 
Light vehicles 
Buildings 
Mining properties 

3 – 7 years 
2 – 10 years 
8 years 
3 years 
10 – 20 years 
unit of production 

Other assets 

Furniture and fittings 
Office equipment 
Communication installations 
Computers 

4 years 
4 years 
5 years 
3 years 

The Group reviews the economic lives at the end of each annual reporting period. 

The residual value, if not insignificant, is reassessed annually.  Gains and  losses on  disposal  are determined by comparing 
proceeds with carrying values and are included in profit or loss. 

 (e) 

Deferred exploration costs 

All costs incurred prior to obtaining the legal right to undertake exploration and evaluation activities on a project are written off 
as incurred. Subsequent to the legal rights being obtained, all costs related to the exploration of mineral properties are capitalised 
on a project by project basis and deferred until either the properties are demonstrated to be commercially viable (see note 1(d)(i)) 
or until the properties are sold, allowed to lapse or abandoned, at which time any capitalised costs are written off to the income 
statement.  In addition to the direct costs involved in exploration activity, including sample collection, drilling costs, geophysical 
surveys  and  assay  expenses,  exploration costs are  also  considered  to  include  technical  and  administrative  overheads  directly 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

attributable to the exploration department including the cost of consultants, security, salaries, travel and accommodation but not 
general overheads of the Group.  Deferred exploration costs are carried at cost, less any impairment losses recognised.  

At such time as commercial feasibility is established and a development decision is reached, the costs associated with that property 
will  be  transferred  to  and  re-categorised  as  projects  in  construction  and  upon  commercial  production  being  achieved,  re-
categorised as mining property. 

Property, plant and equipment used in the Group’s exploration activities are separately reported. 

(f) 

Trade and other receivables 

Trade receivables are not interest-bearing and are stated at amortised cost at the balance sheet date. 

Other receivables are not interest-bearing and are stated at amortised cost at the balance sheet date. 

Receivables in respect of sale of gold/copper concentrate are re-valued using the best estimate of the forecast metal prices for the 
expected date of settlement (see Revenue policy - note 1(o)). 

The Group recognises a loss allowance for expected credit losses (“ECL”) on financial assets that are measured at amortised cost 
which comprise mainly trade receivables. The amount of expected credit losses is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes 
in credit risk since initial recognition of the respective financial instrument.  

The Group always recognises lifetime ECL on trade receivables. The expected credit losses on these financial assets are estimated 
using a provision matrix based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors, 
general economic conditions and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting 
date, including time value of money where appropriate. 

(g) 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments with 
original maturities of three months or less and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within interest-bearing liabilities in 
current liabilities on the balance sheet. 

(h) 

Impairment  

At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its property, plant and equipment and intangible assets to 
determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered impairment. Prior to carrying out impairment reviews, 
the significant cash generating units are assessed to determine whether they should be reviewed under the requirements of IFRS 
6 - Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral Resources or IAS 36 - Impairment of Assets. Such determination is by reference to 
the stage of development of the project and the level of reliability and surety of information used in calculating value in use or 
fair value less costs to sell. Impairment reviews performed under IFRS 6 are carried out on a project by project basis, with each 
project representing a potential single cash generating unit. An impairment review is undertaken when indicators of impairment 
arise; typically when one of the following circumstances applies: 

(i) 
(ii) 
(iii) 
(iv) 

sufficient data exists that render the resource uneconomic and unlikely to be developed 
title to the asset is compromised 
budgeted or planned expenditure is not expected in the foreseeable future 
insufficient discovery of commercially viable resources leading to the discontinuation of activities 

Impairment reviews performed under IAS 36 are carried out when there is an indication that the carrying value may be impaired. 
Such key indicators (though not exhaustive) to the industry include: 

(i) 
(ii) 
(iii) 

a significant deterioration in the spot price of gold 
a significant increase in production costs 
a significant revision to, and reduction in, the life of mine plan 

If any indication of impairment exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated, being the higher of fair value less costs to 
sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-
tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which 
the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount 
of the asset (or cash generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. Such impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss 
for the year. 

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash generating unit) is increased to the 
revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that 
would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset (or cash generating unit) in prior years. A 
reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss for the year. 

At each balance sheet  date the  Company reviews  the potential recoverability of investments in subsidiaries and intercompany 
debts by reviewing the underlying value of the assets of those subsidiaries and the future cash generation of those subsidiaries to 
determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered impairment or the debts may not be repaid.  As with 
the  Group  each  subsidiary  is  reviewed  to  determine  whether  they  should  be  reviewed  under  the  requirements  of  IFRS  6  - 
Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral Resources or IAS 36 - Impairment of Assets and this determination and the indicators 
of impairment are consistent with those applied to the Group. 

(i) 

Share capital and share premium 

The Company’s ordinary shares are classified as equity. 

Called up share capital is recorded at par value of 10 pence per ordinary share. 

Monies raised from the issue of shares in excess of par value are recorded as share premium. Costs associated with the raising of 
capital are netted off this amount. 

(j) 

Borrowings 

Borrowings  are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value,  net  of  transaction  costs  incurred.  Borrowings  are  subsequently  stated  at 
amortised cost with any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value recognised in profit 
or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest rate method. 

If there is an adjustment to the repayment terms of any borrowings which generates a variation of more than 10 per cent of the 
future cash flows, under IFRS 9 this constitutes a substantial modification to the original valuation of the loan. Accordingly, the 
original loan under the terms of IFRS 9 would be considered to be repaid and a new loan is considered to have been taken out. If 
the variation is less than 10 per cent of the future cash flows, this variation would be considered a non-substantial modification.   
For a  non-substantial modification,  the  difference between  the  revised measurement of  the  liability  (calculated  as  the  present 
value  of  the  revised  cash  flows  discounted  at  the original  effective  interest  rate)  and  the  carrying  amount  at  the  point of  the 
modification should be recognised through profit or loss.   

Interest on borrowings used specifically to fund the acquisition of non-current assets is capitalised as part of the acquisition cost 
of  the asset,  otherwise  borrowing  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.   Borrowing  costs  comprise  interest  and  other costs  that  the 
Group incurs in connection with the borrowing of finance. 

(k) 

Employee benefits 

(i) 

Share-based payment transactions and share options 

The Group issues share-based payments including share options and restricted share awards to certain employees, which are 
measured at fair value at date of grant. The fair value of share options is determined at the grant date and expensed on a graded 
vesting  basis  over  the  vesting  period,  based  on  the  Group’s  estimate  of  shares  that  will  eventually  vest.  The  Black-Scholes 
method is used to calculate fair value. The expected life of the instrument used in the model is adjusted, based on management’s 
best  estimate,  for  the  effects of  non-transferability,  exercise  restrictions  (if  any are  imposed  as  a condition  of  the award  but 
including periods when management and Directors are prevented from trading) and behavioural considerations. The fair value 
of restricted stock awards is determined at the grant date based on the value of the award and expensed on a graded vesting 
basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest. 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

The  entity measures  the fair  value  of  the  services  received by  reference  to  the fair  value  of  the  equity  instruments  granted, 
because typically it is not possible to estimate reliably the fair value of the services received. The fair value is measured at the 
date of grant. Where the equity instruments granted do not vest immediately but after a specified number of years, the fair value 
is accounted for over the vesting period. 

(ii) 

Pension costs 

The Group does not operate any pension plan for its employees although it does make contributions to employee pension plans 
in accordance with instructions from those employees. The Company has no contractual commitment as to the ability of those 
funds to provide  any minimum  level of future benefit to the individual and  is contracted only to make pre-defined levels of 
contribution.  Company contributions to such schemes are charged against profit as they fall due. 

(l) 

Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets 

Provisions are recognised when: 

(i) 

the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events; 

(ii) 

it is more likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation; and 

(iii) 

the amount can be reliably estimated. 

  Restoration, rehabilitation and environmental costs 

Provision for environmental remediation and decommissioning of the Group’s mining and exploration facilities has been 
estimated using current prices which are inflated and then discounted for the time value of money. While the provision has 
been based on the best estimates of future costs and economic life, there is uncertainty regarding the amount and timing of 
these costs. 

 

Employment provision 

Provision for employment claims is made where sums are claimed by employees or employees by third parties contracted 
by the Group, based on management’s best estimate of the potential value of any settlement that could arise based on legal 
opinion. 

(m) 

Trade and other payables 

Trade and other payables that are not interest-bearing are stated at amortised cost.  Any interest charges or late payment penalties 
are recognised only when agreed with the supplying party or it is considered probable that they will be levied. 

(n) 

Inventories 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.  Materials that are no longer considered as likely to be used by 
the Group, or their value is unlikely to be readily realised through a sale to a third party, are provided for. 

Materials held for consumption within operations are valued based on purchase price or, when manufactured internally, at cost. 
Costs  are  allocated  on  an  average  basis  and  include  direct  material,  labour,  related  transportation  costs  and  an  appropriate 
allocation of overhead costs.  

Gold bullion, copper/gold concentrate, run of mine ore and any other production inventories are valued at the lower of cost and 
net realisable value. Dependent on the current stage of any product inventory in the process cycle, cost will reflect, as appropriate, 
mining, processing, transport and labour costs, as well as an allocation of mine services overheads required to bring the product 
to its current state. 

Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, after deducting any costs to completion and 
any applicable marketing, selling, shipping and other distribution expenses. 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

(o) 

Revenue 

Revenue  represents  amounts  receivable  in  respect  of  sales of  gold  and  by-products.  Revenue  represents  only  sales  for  which 
contracts have been agreed and for which the product has been delivered to the purchaser in the manner set out in the contract. 
Revenue is stated net of any applicable sales taxes.  All revenue is derived from the sales of copper/gold concentrates produced 
by the Palito Mine and gold doré produced from the Palito and  São Chico ore bodies and the Coringa mine. 

Revenues  are recognised  in  full  using contractual pricing  terms  ruling  at  the  date  of  sale  with adjustments  in  respect  of final 
contractual pricing terms being recognised in the month that such adjustment is agreed. Fair value adjustments for gold prices in 
respect of any sale for which final pricing has not been agreed at any balance sheet date is accounted for using the gold price at 
that balance sheet date. Any  unsold production,  and in particular concentrate, is held  as inventory and valued at  the lower of 
production cost and net realisable value until sold. Under the terms of the sales contracts, the Company’s performance obligation 
is considered to be the delivery of gold doré and copper/gold concentrate in accordance with agreed criteria. 

The Company recognises 100 per cent of the revenue on transfer of title where it is considered highly probable there will be no 
reversals, having consideration of quality tests performed upon delivery of shipment. 

The performance obligation and associated revenue from customers is recorded when the title for a shipment is transferred to the 
customer in accordance with the contract terms.  On transfer of title, control is considered to have passed to the customer with the 
Company  having the right  to payment, but  no ongoing physical possession or involvement with  the concentrate  or  gold doré, 
legal title and insurance risk having transferred.  

All sales revenue from incidental production arising during the exploration, evaluation, development  and commissioning of  a 
mineral resource prior to commercial production are taken as a contribution towards previously incurred costs and offset against 
the related asset accordingly. 

Interest income is recognised on a time-proportion basis using the effective interest rate method. 

(p) 

Financing expenses 

Financing  expenses  comprise  interest  payable  on  borrowings  calculated  using  the  effective  interest  rate  method  and  interest 
receivable on funds invested. It also includes charges arising on the unwinding of discount factors relating to the provisions for 
future charges. 

(q) 

Taxation 

Income tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax is the expected tax payable on the 
taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the year end and any adjustments in respect of 
prior years.  

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit and is accounted for using 
the balance sheet method.  Deferred tax is not recognised for the following temporary differences: the initial recognition of assets 
or  liabilities  in  a  transaction  that  is  not  a  business  combination  and  that  affects  neither  accounting  nor  taxable  profit,  and 
differences  relating  to investments  in  subsidiaries  to  the  extent  that  it  is probable  that  they will  not  reverse  in  the  foreseeable 
future. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to the temporary differences when they reverse, 
based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date. 

Deferred tax assets are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which 
the asset  can be utilised. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is  a  legally enforceable right to  offset current tax 
liabilities and assets and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different 
tax entities, but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realised 
simultaneously. 

(r) 

Segmental reporting 

An operating segment is a component of the Group engaged in exploration or production activity that is regularly reviewed by 
the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) for the purposes of allocating resources and assessing financial performance. The 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

CODM is considered to be the Board of Directors. The Group has only one primary business activity namely the conduct of gold 
mining and exploration in Brazil. For management purposes, however, the Group recognises two separate segments, Brazil and 
UK.  Copper/gold concentrate is produced in Brazil and sales routed through the UK, whilst sales of gold bullion are conducted 
directly  from  Brazil.  The  operating  segments  are  reported  in  a  manner  consistent with  the  internal  reporting  provided to  the 
CODM. 

The Group does not report geographic segments by location of customer as its business is the production of gold which is traded 
as  a  commodity  on  a  worldwide  basis.  Sales  are  ultimately made into  the  bullion market, where  the  location  of  the ultimate 
customer is unknown. 

(s) 

Investments in subsidiaries 

Investments in subsidiaries are recognised at cost, less any provision for impairment. 

(t) 

Financial instruments  

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Group statement of financial position when the Group becomes a 
party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets and financial liabilities are only offset, and the net amount 
reported in the consolidated statement of  financial position and statement of comprehensive income when  there is a  currently 
enforceable legal right to offset the recognised amounts and the  Group intends to settle on a net basis or realise  the asset and 
liability simultaneously. 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the 
acquisition or  issue  of financial  assets and financial liabilities  (other  than  financial  assets  and financial  liabilities  at fair  value 
through profit or loss) are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate, 
on initial recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value 
through profit or loss are recognised immediately in profit or loss. 

Financial assets 

All  regular  way  purchases  or  sales  of  financial  assets  are  recognised  and  derecognised  on  a  trade  date  basis.  Regular  way 
purchases or sales are purchases or sales of financial assets that require delivery of assets within the time frame established by 
regulation or convention in the marketplace.  

All recognised financial assets are measured subsequently in their entirety at either amortised cost or fair value, depending on 
the classification of the financial assets. 

(i)  Classification of financial assets  
The Company is a trading entity, selling directly to its end customers and receiving payments directly from such customers 
and as such within its business model all financial assets are treated on a hold to collect basis.  
Financial assets that meet the following conditions are measured subsequently at amortised cost using effective interest rate 
method: 
 

The  financial  asset  is  held  within  a  business  model  whose  objective  is  to  hold  financial  assets  in  order  to  collect 
contractual cash flows; and, 
The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal 
and interest on the principal amount outstanding.  

 

The Group’s trade receivables are subject to subsequent recognition at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”).  The Group 
does  not  otherwise  hold  any  financial  assets  that meet conditions for  subsequent  recognition at  fair value  through  other 
comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”) or FVTPL. 

(ii)  Impairment of financial assets  

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

The Group recognises a loss allowance for expected credit losses (“ECL”) on financial assets that are measured at amortised 
cost which  comprise mainly  trade  receivables.  The  amount of  expected  credit  losses  is  updated  at  each  reporting  date  to 
reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition of the respective financial instrument.  

The  Group  always  recognises  lifetime  ECL  on  trade  receivables.  The  expected  credit  losses  on  these  financial  assets  are 
estimated using a provision matrix based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific 
to  the  debtors,  general  economic  conditions  and  an  assessment  of  both  the  current  as  well  as  the  forecast  direction  of 
conditions at the reporting date, including time value of money where appropriate. 

The Company recognises lifetime ECL on intercompany loans, based on management’s assessment and understanding of the 
credit risk attaching to each loan, changes in the level of credit risk between periods and assessment of the scenarios under 
which management expects the loan to be repaid.   Any credit loss will be calculated as the net present value of the difference 
between the contractual and expected cash flows and the ECL will represent the weighted average of those credit losses based 
on the respective risks of each scenario. Further details of the reviews undertaken during the year are set out in note 13. 

(iii)  Derecognition of financial assets  
The Group derecognises a financial asset only when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or when it 
transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to another entity. If the Group 
neither transfers nor retains  substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and continues to control the transferred 
asset, the Group recognises its retained interest in the asset and an associated liability for amounts it may have to pay. If the 
Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards  of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the Group continues to 
recognise the financial asset and also recognises a collateralised borrowing for the proceeds received. 

Financial liabilities 

(i)  Classification of financial liabilities 

The  classification  of  financial  liabilities  at  initial  recognition  depends  on  the  purpose  for which  the  financial  liability was 
issued and its characteristics. 
All  purchases of financial  liabilities  are  recorded on  trade  date,  being  the  date  on which  the  Group  becomes  party  to  the 
contractual requirements of the financial liability. Unless otherwise indicated the carrying amounts of the Group’s financial 
liabilities approximate to their fair values. 

The Group’s financial liabilities consist of financial liabilities measured at amortised cost and financial liabilities at fair value 
through profit or loss.   

Financial liabilities that are not (i) contingent consideration of an acquirer in a business combination, (ii) held for trading, or 
(iii) designated as at FVTPL, are measured subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The Group’s 
financial  liabilities measured  at amortised  cost  comprise  loans  and other  borrowings,  equipment  loans,  leases, and  other 
payables and accruals. The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset/liability 
and  of  allocating  interest  income/expense  over  the  relevant  period.  The  effective  interest  rate  is  the  rate  that  discounts 
estimated future  cash receipts/payments  through  the  expected  life  of  the  financial  asset/liability or, where  appropriate,  a 
shorter period. 

(ii)  Derecognition of financial liabilities 

A financial  liability (in  whole  or  in  part)  is  derecognised when  the  Group  has  extinguished  its  contractual obligations, it 
expires or is cancelled.  Any gain or loss on derecognition is taken to the statement of comprehensive income. 

(iii)  Derivatives 

This category comprises out-of-money derivatives where the time value does not offset the negative intrinsic value.  They are 
carried  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  financial  position  at  fair  value  with  changes  in  fair  value  recognised  in  the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income.  The Group does not hold or issue derivative instruments for speculative 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

purposes, but for hedging purposes.  Other than these derivative financial instruments, the Group does not have any liabilities 
held for trading. 

The Group has issued convertible loan notes providing the holder with the right to convert all or part of the loan notes into 
new ordinary shares at any time prior to the repayment date at a fixed conversion price.  The Group has no right to repay 
the convertible loan notes at any time prior to the repayment date.  The Group estimates the value of the conversion option 
at the date that loan notes are issued and accounts for this derivative liability separately to the host debt instrument.  At each 
balance sheet date, the fair value of the derivatives issued by the Group is estimated by reference to quoted mid-market price 
using level 1 and level 2 inputs under the fair value hierarchy.   

The Company has issued warrants to subscribe for shares at a share price of 93 pence per warrant exercisable at any time at 
the warrant holders election until 22 May 2023.  The conversion rights embedded in the warrant notes represent a derivative 
as  the  Group’s functional currency  is  United States  Dollars but  the  conversion  price  is  denominated  in  Pounds  Sterling. 
Therefore, the amount to be released in US Dollars on conversion is variable dependent upon the exchange rate between the 
US Dollar and GB Pound. 

(u) 

Leases 

The Group accounts for a contract, or a portion of a contract, as a lease when it conveys the right to use an asset for a period of 
time in exchange for consideration. Leases are those contracts that satisfy the following criteria: 

 
 
 

There is an identified asset; 
The Group obtains substantially all the economic benefits from use of the asset; and 
The Group has the right to direct use of the asset. 

The Group considers whether the supplier has substantive substitution rights. If the supplier does have those rights, the contract 
is not identified as giving rise to a lease. In determining whether the Group obtains substantially all the economic benefits from 
use of the asset, the Group considers only the economic benefits that arise from use of the asset. In determining whether the Group 
has  the  right  to  direct  use  of  the  asset,  the  Group  considers  whether  it  directs  how  and  for  what  purpose  the  asset  is  used 
throughout  the  period  of  use.  If  the  contract  or  portion  of  a  contract  does  not  satisfy  these  criteria,  the  Group  applies  other 
applicable IFRSs rather than IFRS 16. 

Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the contractual payments due to the lessor over the  lease term, with  the 
discount rate determined by reference to the rate inherent in the lease unless this is not readily determinable, in which case the 
Group’s incremental borrowing rate on commencement of the lease is used. Variable lease payments are only included in  the 
measurement of the lease liability if they depend on an index or rate. In such cases, the initial measurement of the lease liability 
assumes the variable element will remain unchanged throughout the lease term. Other variable lease payments are expensed in 
the period to which they relate. 

On initial recognition, the carrying value of the lease liability also includes: 

  Amounts expected to be payable under any residual value guarantee; 
 

The exercise price of any purchase option granted in favour of the Group if it is reasonably certain to assess that option; 
and 

  Any penalties payable for terminating  the lease,  if the  term of the lease has  been estimated  based on the termination 

option being exercised. 

Right  of  use  assets  are  initially  measured  at  the  amount  of  the  lease  liability,  reduced  for  any  lease  incentives  received,  and 
increased for: 

 
 
 

Lease payments made at or before commencement of the lease; 
Initial direct costs incurred; and 
The amount of any provision recognised where the Group is contractually required to dismantle, remove or restore the 
leased asset. 

Subsequent  to  initial  measurement  lease  liabilities  increase  as  a  result  of  interest  charged  at  a  constant  rate  on  the  balance 
outstanding and are reduced for lease payments made. Right of use assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over the remaining 
term of the lease. 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

The Group has elected not to recognise right of use assets and lease liabilities for leases of low-value assets (where the value of 
the lease obligation over the lease period is less than US$5,000) and short-term leases (where the period of the contractual lease 
obligations is 12 months or less). The Group recognises the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-
line basis over the lease term. 

(v) 

Payments for business acquisition  

The acquisition of Chapleau Resources Ltd in December 2017, incorporating the rights to the Coringa gold project, was accounted 
for as an asset purchase and the assets and liabilities of Chapleau were consolidated within the Group financial statements from 
21 December 2017, being the effective date of the acquisition.  The cash payments due were to be paid over a period of time and 
each of the stage payments were discounted at a 10 per cent cost of capital. 

On 31 March 2020, the Group agreed with the vendor that the final payment of US$12 million due on 31 March 2020 would instead 
be paid over a series of monthly instalments over approximately 15 months.  The Group recognised this change in payment terms 
as a non-substantial modification and re-categorised the remaining payment schedule as an interest-bearing liability rather than 
as a general creditor.  The interest-bearing liability was recorded at fair value at the date of initial recognition and interest charged 
and the new effective interest rate. 

(w) 

Payments for mineral property acquisition – see note 10 

Under existing agreements in place at the time that the Group acquired Kenai Resources Limited in 2013, the Group, subject to 
certain conditions, had rights to acquire or could be obliged to acquire a net profits interest held by a third party in the property 
which includes the São Chico orebody.  The Group had initially accounted for the future acquisition of this net profits interest 
and the concurrent potential liability based on the fair value of the potential future obligations under the agreement.  In February 
2019, the conditions of the existing agreement having not been satisfied, the Group entered into a separate agreement to acquire 
the rights of the third party with the consideration being paid over 24 months. The variation in  the fair value of  the  amended 
consideration  was  treated  as  an  amendment  to  the  original  recognised  value  of  the  investment  included  within  mining 
property.  The unwinding of the fair value as the staged payments are made is being treated as a further amendment to the value 
of the investment in mining property. 

(x) 

Taxes receivable 

The  Group  expects  at  any  point  in  time  to  be  due  rebates  of  taxes  in  each  of  the  jurisdictions  that  it  has  operations.    The 
recoverability of these tax debts varies according to the jurisdictions and whether these taxes are recoverable at a Municipality, 
State or Federal level.  Where permitted, the Group will always seek to offset any tax debts owing against tax debts that it is owed.  
The Group makes regular assessments as to the potential for non-recoverability and will make provision accordingly. In making 
its judgement, management will consider the legal advice that it receives, the history of recoverability both of itself and also other 
entities,  arrangements  that  may  be  available  for  partial  recovery  through  approved  schemes  and  the  timescale  during  which 
recovery may occur.  The Group will make provision for the estimate of any taxes that are considered as potentially not recoverable 
within a reasonable time period (up to five years) and will also discount the value of any final amount that management estimates 
may be recoverable, for the time value of money.  Taxes receivable are classified as long-term or short-term receivables based on 
the expected time frame over which they are expected to be recovered. 

(y)  

Earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing profit after tax attributable to members of the holding company by the 
weighted average number of shares in issue during the year.  Any shares held by nominees of the Company in respect of any 
employee share trust arrangements are eliminated from the weighted average number of shares. Diluted earnings per share is 
calculated by dividing the profit after tax attributable to members of the holding company by the weighted average number of 
shares in issue during the year, adjusted for potentially dilutive share options, warrants or other instruments that can be 
converted into shares of the Company and to the extent that these share options, warrants and other instruments have vested 
and are exercisable at the end of the year. Where there is a loss, and therefore the effect of dilution would be to increase the loss 
per share such dilutive effect is ignored and the basic measure is used. 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

(z)  

Hedging activities 

In order to reduce its exposure to foreign exchange and commodity price, the Group may from time to time enter into forward, 
option or other contracts. These derivatives, if classified as cash flow hedges, will initially be recognised at fair value and then 
re-measured at fair value at the end of each reporting date. For hedging instruments that are not classified as a cash flow hedge 
these derivative financial instruments will be accounted for at fair value through the profit and loss (FVTPL) Hedging 
instruments will be documented at inception and effectiveness will be tested throughout their duration.  

Changes in the value of cash flow hedges will be recognised in other comprehensive income and any ineffective portion is 
immediately recognised in the income statement. If the firm commitment or forecast transaction that is the subject of a cash flow 
hedge results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or liability, then at the time the asset is recognised, the associated gains 
or losses on the derivative that had been previously recognised in other comprehensive income are included in the initial 
measurement of the asset or liability. For hedges that do not result in the recognition of an asset or liability, amounts deferred in 
other comprehensive income are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income in the same period in which the hedged 
item affects net profit.  

To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging relationship must meet all of the following requirements:  

• There is an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument  

• The effect of credit risk does not dominate the value changes that result from that hedging relationship  

• The hedge ratio of the hedging relationship is the same as that resulting from the quantity of the hedged item that the 
entity actually uses to hedge that quantity of hedged item.  

At inception of the hedge relationship, the group will document the economic relationship between hedging instruments and 
hedged items, including whether changes in the cash flows of the hedging instruments are expected to offset changes in the cash 
flows of hedged items. The group will also document its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking its hedge 
transactions.  

Hedge ineffectiveness may occur due to:  

• Fluctuation in volume of hedged item caused due to operational changes • Index basis risk of hedged item vs 
hedging instrument  

• Credit risk as a result of deterioration of credit profile of the counterparties  

The Group has had no hedging instruments in place during years ended 31 December 2022 or 31 December 2021.  

(aa) 

Critical accounting estimates and judgements 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  requires  management  to  make  judgements  and  assumptions  about  the  future  for  the 
purpose  of  accounting  estimates.  These  are  based  on  management’s  best  knowledge  of  the  relevant  facts  and  circumstances.  
However, these judgements and estimates regarding the future are a source of uncertainty and actual results may differ from the 
amounts included in the financial statements and adjustment will consequently be necessary.  Estimates are continually evaluated, 
based on experience and reasonable expectations of future events. 

Accounting estimates are applied in assessing and determining the carrying values of significant assets and liabilities. 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised 
in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future 
periods if the revision affects both current and future periods. 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

The following are the critical estimates that management has made in the process of applying the entity’s accounting policies and 
that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in financial statements. 

Mineral resources – see statement of Mineral resources and reserves in the Strategic Report 

Quantification of mineral resources requires a judgement on the reasonable prospects for eventual economic extraction. These 
judgements are based on assessments made in accordance with the procedures stipulated under  Canadian National Instrument 
43-101  and  the  estimation  undertaken  in accordance  with  the  requirements  of  Canadian  National  Instrument  43-101.   These 
factors are a source of uncertainty and changes could result in an increase or decrease in mineral resources and changes to the 
categorisation or mineral resources between Mineral Reserves, Measured and Indicated Mineral Resources and Inferred Mineral 
Resources.  Only Mineral Reserves have been established to have economic viability and only at the time that such estimation 
is  undertaken, and any  change  in  the  underlying factors under which  the  economic assessment was made may  give  rise  to 
management making a judgement as to  the continuing economic viability of such Mineral  Reserves and how they should  be 
used for the purpose of forecasts. This would, in turn, affect certain amounts in the financial statements such as depreciation, 
which is calculated on projected life of mine figures, and  carrying values of mining  property and plant which are tested for 
impairment by reference to future cash flows based on projected life of mine figures.  

Mineral Resources have not been established to have economic viability and to the extent that management includes Mineral 
Resources to calculate projected life of mine figures or in calculations of amortisation or depreciation, management will make 
judgements based on historical reports, future economic factors and other empirical measures to make estimates as to the level 
of Mineral Resources that it incorporates into its assessments. 

The Group includes all of its Measured, Indicated and Inferred Resources in its calculations of amortisation, its life of mine plans 
for the purposes of assessing the long-term value of its mines and in calculating its estimates for rehabilitation expenditures.  In 
prior periods the Group whilst including all of its Measured, Indicated and Inferred Resources for the São Chico deposit had 
used 100 per cent of Measured, Indicated and Inferred Resources but only 25 per cent of the Inferred Resources identified at the 
Palito deposit.  This historical situation reflected the uncertainty when mining of the Palito deposit was restarted in 2013 and 
Inferred Resources were located in areas of the deposit that had no immediate access.  With the successful development of the 
deposit  over  the  intervening  years  and  continuing    improvement  in  the  understanding  of  this  deposit  and  its  geology, 
management has established much greater confidence in the ability for the deposit to continue to be expanded and for Inferred 
Resources to be converted into production ounces.  Accordingly, effective from 1 January 2020, the Group has determined that 
it is reasonable to use 100 per cent of the Inferred Resources attributable to the Palito deposit in its calculations of amortisation, 
its  life  of  mine  plans  for  the  purposes  of  assessing  the  long-term  value  of  its  mines  and  in  calculating  its  estimates  for 
rehabilitation expenditure for Palito. 

In assessing amortisation, the Group is required to determine the future capital mine development required to gain access to all 
identified  mineral  resources  used  as  the  basis  for  amortisation.    Management  assesses  the  vertical  extent  of  the  remaining 
mineral resources to be mined and estimate, based on current operating costs and operating parameters, the expected costs of 
ramp  development  required  to  reach  the  lowest  elevations  of  the  mineral  resources.    A  summary  of  the  Group’s  mineral 
resources is set out in the Strategic Report in the section Mineral Reserves and Resources. 

Revenue 

Revenues are recognised in full using contractual pricing terms ruling at the date of sale with adjustments in respect of final 
contractual pricing terms being recognised in the month that such adjustment is agreed.  In estimating the revenue derived from 
the sale of copper/gold concentrate the Group will use assay information provided by the Group’s in house laboratory, and 
assessments of weight and humidity also provided by on-site personnel in the determination of the total metal content of the 
product being sold and therefore its sales value.  These estimates are subject to amendment when the product is received at the 
refinery and is weighed and assayed under the scrutiny of the refinery, the purchaser and a representative of the Group.  The 
final metal content is determined only based on the results of these measurements and the data derived from the Group’s on-
site laboratory is not used in the final calculation of metal content.  Taking into account production time frames, transport and 
shipping, the final determination of  metal content may occur up to  six months after  the date of production.  Adjustments to 
revenue to reflect the final agreed metal content are generally made at the time that the metal content is agreed. 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

Inventory valuation (note 12) 

Valuations of gold in stockpiles and in circuit require estimations of the amount of gold contained in, and recovery rates from, 
the various stages of work in progress. These estimations are based on analysis of samples and prior experience. A judgement 
is also required about when stockpiles will be used and what gold price should be applied in calculating net realisable value; 
these are both sources of uncertainty.  

The amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements are derived from the Group’s best estimation and judgement 
as set out in note 12. 

Based  on  operational  history  management  has  high  confidence  in  the  estimations  of  gold  contained  in  inventory  and  the 
expected recovery rates for the gold contained within each stage of work-progress.  Once material enters the process plant it is 
transformed into a saleable product which will be sold within approximately  six to eight  weeks of that date.  The prevailing 
price of gold and copper is the most critical variable in the assessment of valuation. The Group estimates that a prevailing gold 
price of US$1,125 would  have been  required before there was any requirement to impair any valuation of  work  in progress 
inventory at 31 December 2022. 

Impairment of mining assets and other property, plant and equipment ( note 9) 

An initial judgement is made as to whether the mining assets are impaired based on the matters identified for mining assets in 
the impairment policy at 1 h) relating to IAS 36 impairment.  

In considering the impairment of its mining assets in accordance with IAS 36, management will use gold prices and exchange 
rates  applicable  at  the balance  sheet  date.    The  mine life  will  be based on  the  judgement  of  management  of  that  portion  of  
Measured, Indicated, and Inferred Resources that can be recovered on the basis that, given the nature of the Group’s orebodies, 
the mineral reserves (that portion of the mineral resource that has been proven by independent study to have economic viability) 
comprises a small part of the total mineral resource of the Group’s orebodies and does not reflect management’s view of the 
true  life  of  the  orebody.    Production  costs,  estimated  capital  costs  and  plant  performance  are  based  on  current  operating 
performance and costs. The value in use calculation will also be determined by the judgements made by management regarding 
any future changes in legislation or economic circumstances that might impact the operations. 

Management has noted that over the last financial year and up to the date of the signing of the financial statements:  

 

 

 

The gold price has since March 2020 being trading at levels which represent an extended period of pricing at five year 
highs for gold. 
The Brazilian Real has since the end of 2019 generally been at a level of BrR$5:00 to US$1:00 or weaker representing an 
extended period of trading when the currency has been at its weakest for over 10 years.  The Company incurs between 
82 per cent and 85 per cent of its expenditure in Brazilian Real. 
The Group has continued to identify and replenish its total Mineral Resources 

As a result of these considerations, management has determined that it is not aware of any indicator of impairment. 

In the event that there is an indication of impairment, mining assets are assessed for impairment through an estimation of the 
value in use of the cash generating units (“CGUs”). The value in use calculation requires the entity to estimate the future cash 
flows expected to arise from a CGU and a suitable discount rate in order to calculate present value. A CGU is a group of assets 
that generates cash inflows from continuing use. Given their interdependences and physical proximity, the Palito and São Chico 
Mines are considered to be one single CGU. Management considers that there was no indicator of impairment identified in the 
year.  

As described in note 1(d) (iii), the Group reviews the estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment at the end of each 
annual reporting period.  Further details regarding the annual review that has been undertaken is set out in Note 10. 

Recoverability of debts including recoverable taxes ( notes 13 and 14) 

In  making  its  judgements  over  the  recoverability  of  any  amounts  owed  to  the  Group  management  will  assess  the 
creditworthiness of the debtor, the  legal enforceability of the Group’s rights and the  practicalities and  costs of obtaining and 
enforcing judgements relative to the debt outstanding.   Based on these assessments it will estimate the likely recoverability of 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

sums that are due to the Group, the likely time period over when such debts might be received and any provision that needs to 
be established against the future recoverability. Recoverable taxes comprise any Federal or State levied input taxes incurred by 
the Group including taxes levied on the purchase of goods and services that are designated in law as being recoverable either 
in cash, kind or by way of set-off against other tax liabilities at either a Federal or State level.  IFRS 9 requires the Parent Company 
to make assumptions when implementing the forward-looking expected credit loss model. 

In making its judgement regarding recoverable taxes, management will consider the legal advice that it receives, the history of 
recoverability both of itself and also other entities, arrangements that may be available for partial recovery through approved 
schemes and the timescale during which recovery may occur.  The Group will make provision for the estimate of any taxes that 
are considered as potentially not recoverable within a reasonable time period (up to five years) and will also discount the value 
of any final amount that management estimates may be recoverable, for the time value of money.  

Recoverability of investments in subsidiaries and inter-company debts (note 11) 

In making its judgements over the recoverability of any amounts invested into subsidiary companies by way of share capital or 
loans advanced to subsidiaries, management estimates the expected future cash flows that might be generated by the underlying 
projects owned and operated by these subsidiaries and the potential value of exploration and development projects owned and 
managed by these subsidiaries.  As each of the subsidiaries is 100 per cent owned (directly or indirectly) by the Company the 
creditworthiness of the subsidiary is the same as the creditworthiness of the Company subject only to any restrictions that may 
be imposed on the repatriation of capital and loans by the host government of the subsidiary.  Further details are set out in note 
(s) above. 

Restoration, rehabilitation and environmental provisions (note 17) 

Management uses its judgement and experience to provide for and amortise the estimated mine closure and site rehabilitation 
over the life of the mine. Provisions are discounted at a risk-free rate and cost base inflated at an appropriate rate. The ultimate 
closure and site rehabilitation costs are uncertain and cost estimates can vary in response to many factors including changes to 
relevant legal requirements or the emergence of new restoration techniques. The expected timing and extent of expenditure can 
also  change,  for  example  in  response  to  changes  in  ore  reserves  or  processing  levels.   As  a  result,  there could  be  significant 
adjustments to the provisions established which could affect future financial results. 

The following are the critical judgements that management has made in the process of applying the entity’s accounting policies 
and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements. 

Recoverability of deferred exploration expenditure (note 8) 

The recoverability of exploration expenditure capitalised within intangible assets is assessed based on a judgement about the 
potential of the project to become commercially viable and if there are any facts or circumstances that would suggest the costs 
should be impaired. In making this judgement management will consider the items noted in the impairment policy in respect 
of  exploration  assets as  noted  in  accounting  policy  1  h). Should  an  indicator  of  impairment  be  identified  the value  in  use  is 
estimated on  a similar basis as  the mining asset as  detailed above. Management  determined that there were no indicators of 
impairment in the year. Management consider that the issues that they have disclosed, during 2022 and 2023 to date, with regard 
to the issue of the Installation Licence for Coringa, are matters that will be resolved and in particular are not expected to create 
any material delay to the development of the project.  It has reached its conclusion based on advice from the Group’s Brazilian 
lawyers but has also received positive indications from other parties with whom it has discussed the matter. 

Utilisation of historic tax losses and recognition of deferred tax assets (note 6) 

The recognition of deferred tax assets is based upon whether sufficient and suitable taxable profits will be available in the future 
against  which  the  reversal  of  temporary  differences  can  be  deducted.  Recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets  therefore  involves 
judgement regarding the future financial performance of the particular legal entity or tax group in which the deferred tax asset 
has been  recognised.  Where  the  temporary  differences  are related  to  losses,  relevant  tax  law  is  considered  to  determine  the 
availability of the losses to offset against the future taxable profits. 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

Recoverability of ICMS tax debts (note 14) 

ICMS tax is a State-imposed sales tax which is recoverable from the State of Para.  The Group has not to date received any cash 
refunds and as an exporter generates no output ICMS on its sales.  It is reliant on its ability to offset ICMS tax payable against 
existing  debt  to minimise  the  accumulation  of  an  increased level of  tax  recoverable  from  the  State of Para.  It has  identified 
certain arrangements that may allow the Group to recover over next five years some of the debt that is owed to the Group and 
has provided in full against the remainder.  Management considers that based on legal advice received the Group has a good 
chance of being able to benefit from these schemes.   In the event that  it is unable  to utilise these schemes or that the rate of 
recovery is slower than anticipated the amount of ICMS that may be recovered in the future will be reduced and may be nil.  
The Group does not take account of any future benefit from recovery of ICMS tax in its cash flow projections.  The Group has 
made provision for recoverable ICMS that is not anticipated to be recovered within the next five years. 

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

2 

Segmental analysis 

The following information is given about the Group’s reportable segments, further details of which are set out in note 1(r). 

The Chief Operating Decision Maker is the Board of Directors. The Board reviews the Group’s internal reporting in order to assess 
performance of the business. Management has determined the operating segments based on the reports reviewed by the Board.  

An analysis of the results for the year by management segment is as follows: 

Revenue 

Intra-group sales 

Operating expenses 

Provision for impairment of 
taxes receivable 

Brazil 
US$ 
29,524,191 

2022 

UK 
US$ 
29,185,137 

Total 
US$ 
58,709,328 

Brazil 
US$ 
37,198,774 

2021 

UK 
US$ 
25,942,663 

25,058,005 

(25,058,005) 

– 

22,844,572 

(22,844,572) 

Total 
US$ 
63,141,437 

– 

(39,299,976) 

(3,810,894) 

(43,110,870) 

(33,879,892) 

(3,879,426) 

(37,759,318) 

(1,151,899) 

– 

(1,151,899) 

– 

– 

– 

Depreciation and amortisation 

(6,335,957) 

(236,504) 

(6,572,461) 

(5,717,229) 

(332,399) 

(6,049,628) 

Gross profit/(loss) 

7,794,364 

79,734 

7,874,098 

Administration expenses 

(2,860,672) 

(2,586,552) 

(5,447,224) 

20,446,225 

(2,950,006) 

(1,113,734) 

(2,875,648) 

Share-based payments 

– 

(249,210) 

Proceeds from sale of assets 

33,993 

– 

(249,210) 

33,993 

– 

(270,631) 

(160,219) 

– 

19,332,491 

(5,825,655) 

(270,631) 

(160,219) 

Operating profit/(loss) 

4,967,685 

(2,756,028) 

2,211,657 

17,335,999 

(4,260,013) 

13,075,986 

Foreign exchange (loss)/gain 

Finance expense 

Finance income  

Profit /(loss) before taxation 

Income tax expense 

Profit/ (loss) for the period  

134,665 

(3,351,842) 

124,299 

1,874,807 

(206,743) 

1,668,064 

(2,727) 

(59,942) 

167,586 

(2,651,111) 

– 

(2,651,111) 

131,938 

(51,380) 

(3,411,784) 

291,885 

(776,304) 

(206,743) 

(983,047) 

– 

417,399 

9,924 

(261,825) 

168,441 

(41,456) 

(261,825) 

585,840 

17,702,018 

(4,343,473) 

13,358,545 

(3,408,581) 

– 

(3,408,581) 

14,293,437 

(4,343,473) 

9,949,964 

Transactions  between  segments  are  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  the  Group’s  accounting  policy  for  a  transaction  of  that 
nature.  In particular inter-group sales which comprise sales of copper/gold concentrate are recognised at the same time as the 
Group  makes  the  sale  to  the  end  purchaser,  with  the  sale  value  made  in  accordance  with  the  contractual  terms  between  the 
separate entities of the Group.  Inter-group sales are transacted at prices intended to conform with accepted norms of international 
transfer pricing practice.  

An analysis of non-current assets by location is as follows: 

Total non-current assets 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 
52,556,952 
19,920,789 
3,446,032 
1,545,684 
77,469,457 
– 
77,469,457 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 
30,175,966 
34,857,905 
605,125 
1,224,360 
66,863,356 
– 
66,863,356 

Brazil – operations 
Brazil – exploration 
Brazil – taxes receivable 
Brazil – deferred tax 
Brazil – total 
UK 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

An analysis of total assets by location is as follows: 

Brazil 
UK 

Total assets 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 

90,659,109 
9,577,085 
100,236,194 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 

79,655,799 
11,022,642 
90,678,441 

During the year, the following amounts incurred by project location were capitalised as pre-operating or deferred exploration 
costs: 

Brazil 

Group 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2022 
US$ 
3,183,720 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2021 
US$ 
8,987,126 

During the year, the following amounts were capitalised as land and buildings, mine assets, property, plant, equipment and 
projects in construction (see note 9): 

Brazil 

Revenue 

Group 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2022 
US$ 
8,175,423 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2021 
US$ 
9,533,847 

All of the Group’s revenue arises from its activities in Brazil. 

An analysis of the revenue by reference to the domicile of the entity within the Group that concludes the sale is as follows: 

Brazil 
UK 
Total 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 
29,524,191 
29,185,137 
58,709,328 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 
37,198,774 
25,942,663 
63,141,437 

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

An analysis of major customers (accounting for more than 10 per cent of the Group’s revenues) is as follows: 

Customer 1 – sale concluded from Brazil 
Customer 2 – sale concluded from UK 
Other – sale concluded from Brazil 
Total 

31 December 2022 

31 December 2021 

US$ 
29,185,137 
28,305,378 
1,218,812 
58,709,328 

% 
49.7% 
48.2% 
2.1% 
100.0% 

US$ 
34,314,048 
25,942,663 
2,884,726 
63,141,437 

% 
54.3% 
41.1% 
4.6% 
100.0% 

3 

a. 

Operating profit 

Group operating profit for the year is stated after charging the following: 

Staff costs 
Depreciation (property, plant and equipment) 
Amortisation of the mine asset 

b. 

Auditor’s remuneration 

Group 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2022 
US$ 
18,433,319 
1,911,600 
4,660,861 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2021 
US$ 
17,038,526 
1,440,728 
4,608,900 

Group 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2022 
US$ 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2021 
US$ 

261,576 

215,983 

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for the audit of the Group’s annual financial 
statements 
Fees payable to the Group’s auditor and its associates for other services: 
- 
- 
- 

audit of the Group’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 
tax compliance services 
audit-related assurance services 

62,230 
13,668 
– 
(1) It should be noted that the audit fee for 2021 was paid to BDO LLP in the UK and BDO RCS Auditores Independentes in Brazil whereas the 
audit fee for 2022 is payable to PKF Littlejohn LLP in the UK and KPMG Auditores Independentes Ltda in Brazil.  

31,946 
– 
– 

4 

Finance expense and income  

Interest and fines on state sales tax 
Provision for interest on disputed tax refunds claimed  
Interest on short term unsecured bank loan 
Interest in finance leases 
Interest on short term trade loan 
Variation on discount on rehabilitation provision 
Interest expense on property acquisition payment 
Interest expense on convertible loan 
Loss in respect of non-substantial modification 
Amortisation of arrangement fee for convertible loan 

106 

Group 

12 months ended 
December 2022 
US$ 
(1,819,909) 
(1,090,586) 
(211,793) 
(148,650) 
(59,942) 
(80,904) 
— 
— 
— 
— 

12 months ended 
December 2021 
US$ 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(23,854) 
(47,502) 
(40,469) 
(150,000) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

Total finance expense 
Gain on revaluation of warrants 
Variation on discount on rehabilitation provision 
Interest income 
Total finance income 
Net finance (expense)/income 

5 

Taxation  

Current tax 
UK tax 
Foreign tax – Tax on current year profits 
Foreign tax – Adjustment to prior year’s tax charges 
Total current tax 
Deferred tax 
(Increase)/release of deferred tax asset arising from temporary timing differences 
(Decrease)/increase of deferred tax liability arising from temporary timing 
differences 
Total deferred tax 
Income tax charge 

Group 

12 months ended 
December 2022 
(3,411,784) 
165,495 
— 
126,390 
291,885 
(3,119,899) 

12 months ended 
December 2021 
(261,825) 
168,441 
417,399 
— 
585,840  
324,015 

Group 
For the 
year ended 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 

– 
890,176 
– 
890,176 

For the 
year ended 
31 
December 
2021 
US$ 

– 
2,286,605 
– 
2,286,605 

(238,569) 

543,567 

(444,864) 

578,409 

(683,433) 
206,743 

1,121,976 
3,408,581 

The tax provision for the current period varies from the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.00% (2021: 19.00%). The 
differences are explained as follows: 

Group 
For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2022 
US$ 
(776,304) 
(147,498) 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2021 
US$ 
13,358,545 
2,538,124 

150,778 
34,563 
(53,764) 
461,233 
(238,569) 
206,743 

916,782 
307,428 
(952,353) 
957,017 
(358,417) 
3,408,581 

(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities before tax 
Tax thereon at UK corporate tax rate of 19.00% (2021: 19.00%) 

Factors affecting the tax charge: 
expenses not deductible for tax purposes 
temporary differences (not recognised) 
lower rate tax overseas 
unrecognised tax losses carried forward and similar adjustments 
other movements 

Tax charge  

107 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

Unrecognised gross deferred tax position - 2022 

Tax losses brought forward  
Tax losses not recognised in the period 
Movement in temporary differences 
Total unrecognised gross deferred tax position at end of period 

Unrecognised gross deferred tax position - 2021 

Tax losses brought forward  
Tax losses not recognised in the period 
Movement in temporary differences 
Total unrecognised gross deferred tax position at end of period 

Unrecognised deferred tax asset  
Tax losses (1) 
Temporary differences 
Total unrecognised deferred tax asset 

Recognised deferred tax asset  
Tax losses brought forward 
Tax losses and untaxed expenses recognised in the period 
Tax losses utilised in the period 
Exchange 
Net recognised deferred tax asset 

Recognised deferred tax liability  
Untaxed income brought forward 
Untaxed income recognised in the period 
Exchange 
Net recognised deferred tax liability 

Trading losses 
US$ 
68,515,983 
3,856,404 
– 
72,372,386 

Trading losses 
US$ 
65,573,473 
4,368,726 
– 

Temporary 
differences 
US$ 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Temporary 
differences 
US$ 
(325,460) 
– 
(750,359) 

Total 
US$ 
68,515,983 
3,856,404 
– 
72,372,386 

Total 
US$ 
65,248,013 
4,368,726 
(750,359) 

69,942,199 

(1,075,819) 

68,866,380 

For the  
year ended  
31 December 
2022 
US$ 
18,093,097 
– 
18,093,097 

For the  
year ended 
31 December 
2021 
US$ 
17,128,996 
– 
17,128,996 

1,224,360 
237,550 
1,019 
82,756 
1,545,684 

861,430 
(444,864) 
64,355 
480,922 

1,879,158 
354,250 
(897,817) 
(111,231) 
1,224,360 

324,519 
578,409 
(41,498) 
861,430 

(1)  the unrecognised  deferred tax  asset in respect of UK  tax losses has been calculated by reference to the enacted rate of UK 

corporation tax from 1 April 2023 of 25%.   

The deferred tax asset has been recognised in the financial statements only to the extent that the Group has reasonable certainty 
as to the level and timing of future profits that might be generated and against which this asset may be recovered. 

108 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

Employee information 

6 
The average number of persons, including Executive Directors, employed by the Group during the year was: 

Management and corporate administration 
Exploration 
Mine operations and maintenance 
Mine management and administration 
Plant and processing 
Total 

Staff costs 
Wages and salaries  
Cost of incentive scheme shares 
Social security costs 
Termination costs 
Pension contributions 
Total 

Group 

Company 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2022 
Number 
24 
22 
483 
35 
82 
646 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2021 
Number 
25 
26 
492 
36 
81 
660 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2022 
Number 
5 
– 
9 
1 
– 
15 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2021 
Number 
5 
– 
9 
1 
– 
15 

For the year 
ended  
31 December 
2022  
US$ 

For the year 
ended  
31 December 
2021  
US$ 

For the year 
ended  
31 December 
2022  
US$ 

For the year 
ended  
31 December 
2021  
US$ 

14,283,360 
249,210 
3,321,560 
558,194 
20,996 
18,433,319 

12,681,207 
270,631 
3,594,397 
468,934 
23,357 
17,038,526 

4,162,827 
249,210 
119,950 
– 
20,996 
4,552,983 

2,516,660 
270,631 
147,141 
– 
23,357 
2,957,788 

No company within the Group operates a pension plan for the Directors or the employees. For those Executive Directors and UK 
based employees who have an entitlement to pension provision, the premiums are paid directly to the personal pension plans 
selected by or agreed with the individuals. The Company’s obligation is limited to making fixed payments to these individual 
plans. 

Serabi Mineração SA, Chapleau Exploração Mineral Ltda and Gold Aura do Brasil Mineração Ltda all contribute via social security 
payments to the state pension scheme which operates in Brazil and to which all their respective employees are entitled. 

Directors’ remuneration 

The compensation of the Directors is: 

Salary and other benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Total 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2022 
US$ 
684,238 
9,752 
693,991 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2021 
US$ 
783,362 
11,004 
794,366 

The  remuneration  of  the  highest  paid  Director  during  the  year  was  US$318,426  (2021:  US$357,421).  This  includes  cash 
contributions made by the Company to his money purchase pension scheme of US$9,752 (2021: US$11,004).  

During the year ended 31 December 2022, two of the Directors (2021: two) were contractually entitled to accrue retirement benefits 
under money purchase schemes. 

109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

During  the  years  ended  31  December  2022  and 31  December  2021,  none of  the  serving  Directors  exercised  any  share  options. 
Details  of  share  options  held  by  the  Directors  at  31  December  2022  and  other  equity  related  interests  are  set  out  in  the 
Remuneration Report on pages 57 to 70. 

7 

Earnings per share 

(Loss) / profit attributable to ordinary shareholders (US$) 
Weighted average ordinary shares in issue 
Basic profit per share (US cents) 
Diluted ordinary shares in issue (1) 
Diluted profit per share (US cents)  

For the year 
ended  
31 December  
2022 
(983,047) 
75,734,551 
(1.30) 
81,488,078 
(1.30)(2) 

For the year 
ended  
31 December  
2021 
9,949,964 
71,829,223 
13.85 
76,999,420 
12.92 

(1)  Based  on  1,750,000  options  vested  and  exercisable  and  4,003,527  unexercised  warrants  as  at  31  December  2022  (31  December  2021: 

1,166,670 options and 4,003,527 unexercised warrants) 

(2)  As the effect of dilution is to reduce the loss per share, the diluted loss per share is considered to be the same as the basic loss per share 

8 

Intangible assets  

Deferred exploration costs 

Cost 
Opening balance 
Exploration and evaluation expenditure  
Pre-operational project costs 
Reclassified as tangible assets 
Foreign exchange movements 
Total as at end of period  

Group 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 

34,857,905 
855,607 
2,328,113 
(20,287,902) 
867,457 
18,621,180 

27,778,354 
4,102,530 
4,884,596 
– 
(1,907,575) 
34,857,905 

The value of these assets is dependent on the development of mineral deposits.  

Past exploration and evaluation expenditures for a project are transferred to mining property and projects in construction at the 
commencement of the mine and process plant construction activities for that project.   

110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

9 

Tangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment – Group 

2022 
Cost 
Balance at 31 December 2021  
Additions 
Reallocations from projects in construction 
Reclassified from deferred exploration costs 
Disposals 
Foreign exchange movements 
At 31 December 2022 
Depreciation 
Balance at 31 December 2021  
Charge for period 
Released on asset disposals 
Foreign exchange movements 
At 31 December 2022 
Net book value at 31 December 2022 

Land and 
buildings 
– at cost 
US$ 

2,041,452 
88,785 
321,572 
– 
– 
137,858 
2,589,667 

(957,364) 
(222,005) 
– 
(107,873) 
(1,287,242) 
1,302,425 

Mining 
property 
– at cost 
US$ 

Projects in 
construction 
– at cost 
US$ 

39,897,573 
3,629,505 
3,128,001 
20,287,902 
(2,833,444) 
2,005,451 
66,114,988 

(28,970,616) 
(4,339,961) 
981,804 
(2,077,703) 
(34,406,476) 
31,708,512 

12,919,502 
1,840,007 
(4,605,572) 
– 
– 
952,626 
11,106,563 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
11,106,563 

Plant and 
equipment 
– at cost 
US$ 

14,581,075 
2,518,796 
1,155,999 
– 
(593,917) 
437,947 
18,099,900 

(11,936,287) 
(1,530,433) 
425,247 
(693,408) 
(13,734,881) 
4,365,019 

Total 

US$ 

69,439,602 
8,077,093 
– 
20,287,902 
(3,427,361) 
3,533,882 
97,911,118 

(41,864,267) 
(6,092,399) 
1,407,051 
(2,878,984) 
(49,428,599) 
48,482,519 

No costs of borrowing have been capitalised during the period (2021: nil). 

The reclassification of costs from projects in construction relates to the carrying costs of the Coringa project recognising that trial 
mining operations have commenced and some initial gold production being generated. 

A  public  civil  lawsuit was  filed  in September  2017  by  the  Federal  Prosecutor’s Office  (“MPF”) against    Chapleau  Exploração 
Mineral Ltda (“Chapleau”), the National Mining Agency (the “ANM”) and the State environmental agency (“SEMAS”) regarding 
confirmation that the needs of the indigenous populations have been properly considered . A court decision rendered in December 
2021 and cuphald in August 2022 following appeals from the Company, the ANM and SEMAS, has required that no new licences 
should  be  issued  until  such  time  as  an  appropriate  consultation  process  has  been  held  with  the  neighbouring  indigenous 
communities or where the licencing agency is satisfied ,notwithstanding the completion of any further studies, that the activities 
authorised  under  that  licence  have  no  impact  on  any  neighbouring  indigenous  populations.    The  Group  commissioned  an 
indigenous  study  in  January  2022  which  was  completed  in  April  2023.  The  Group  remains  optimistic  for  the  award  of  the 
Installation Licence which is required before construction of a full gold processing plant and the rest of the site infrastructure at  
Coringa  can be  started.  Ongoing  dialogue with  the  relevant  agencies  involved with  issuing  this  licence,  continues  to  be  very 
positive  and  has  not  highlighted  any  concerns  with  the  project  design  itself.  The  agencies  continue  to  follow  the  steps  and 
processes set down by the law to help expedite the issue of the licence. 

2021 
Cost 
Balance at 31 December 2020  
Additions 
Disposals 
Changes in estimates on rehabilitation provision 
Foreign exchange movements 
At 31 December 2021 

Land and 
buildings 
– at cost 
US$ 

2,148,533 
42,096 
– 
– 
(149,177) 
2,041,452 

Mining 
property 
– at cost 
US$ 

Projects in 
construction 
– at cost 
US$ 

38,187,449 
5,400,933 
– 
– 
(3,690,809) 
39,897,573 

8,962,712 
2,479,619 
– 
1,695,416 
(218,245) 
12,919,502 

Plant and 
equipment 
– at cost 
US$ 

15,869,405 
1,611,199 
(1,802,512) 
– 
(1,097,018) 
14,581,075 

Total 

US$ 

65,168,100 
9,533,847 
(1,802,512) 
1,695,416 
(5,155,249) 
69,439,602 

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

Depreciation 
Balance at 31 December 2020  
Charge for period 
Released on asset disposals 
Foreign exchange movements 
At 31 December 2021 
Net book value at 31 December 2021 

(956,114) 
(113,832) 
– 
112,582 
(957,364) 
1,084,088 

(26,307,071) 
(4,528,932) 
– 
1,865,387 
(28,970,616) 
10,926,957 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
12,919,502 

(11,669,364) 
(1,595,256) 
608,628 
719,705 
(11,936,287) 
2,644,788 

(38,932,549) 
(6,238,020) 
608,628 
2,697,674 
(41,864,267) 
27,575,335 

In determining the recoverability of the carrying value of these assets, the Group prepares estimates of future cash flows based 
on management’s best  estimates  of future production rates, costs and capital expenditure.  Production estimates are based on 
utilisation of current estimates of mineral resources at each ore deposit operated by the Group.   

Management used a base price of US$1,750 per ounce for the duration of  its cash flow projection and a fixed exchange rate of 
BrR$5:00 to US$1:00.  The projection was for the period to 31 December 2031. 

Management considered a range of discount rates and was satisfied that even at a 15% discount rate which is significantly above 
the current WACC of the Group, there was no indicator of impairments. 

Management has assumed inter-alia that: 

 
 

current production rates from the Palito ore body will be maintained. 
ore production from Coringa will increase as the Serra orebody continues to be developed with an ore sorter and crushing 
plant being installed and operational during Q4 2023. 

  As anticipated in the 2019 PEA, a second ore body at Coringa will need to be developed, which will be operational during 
2027 to supplement and in time to replace the Serra ore body  Production levels broadly consistent with the projections 
set out in the 2019 PEA are achieved from 2027 onwards. 

  During  2025,  the  Group  will  expand  the  current  Palito  process  plant  to  expand  capacity  using  a  ball  mill  that  was 

 

acquired with the Coringa project.  This will increase mill capacity by approximately 33% or 60,000 tpy. 
This expansion will allow production from Sao Chico to be restarted in 2026 with estimated production of 45,000 tonnes 
per annum. 

10 

Right of use assets 

Cost 
Opening balance 
Additions 
Foreign exchange movements 
Total as at end of period 

Depreciation 
Opening balance 
Charge for period 
Foreign exchange movements 
Total as at end of period 
Net book value at end of period 

Plant and equipment 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 

31 December 
 2021 
US$ 

3,968,038 
2,985,889 
246,065 
7,199,992 

(1,367,407) 
(367,126) 
(91,417) 
(1,825,950) 
5,374,042 

3,733,675 
508,018 
(273,655) 
3,968,038 

(1,159,937) 
(297,103) 
89,633 
(1,367,407) 
2,600,631 

During  the  year  ended  31  December  2022,  the  Group  acquired  assets  under  right  of  use  assets  totalling  US$2,985,889  (2021: 
US$508,018).  The net book value of right of use assets at 31 December 2022 was US$5,374,042 (2021: US$2,600,631). Depreciation 
charged on right of use assets for the period was US$367,126 (2021: US$297,103). 

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

The  Group only leases  underground mining equipment. As at 31 December 2022,  the future minimum lease payments due in 
respect of outstanding lease contracts for mining equipment are US$1,946,811 (2021: US$735,010). The net present value of these 
lease contracts is US$1,781,332 (2021: US$682,348). 

Current lease liabilities 
Plant and equipment 

Non-current  lease liabilities 
Plant and equipment 

Total lease liabilities 

31 December 2022 
US$ 

31 December 2021 
US$ 

1,109,518 
1,109,518 

837,293 
837,293 
1,946,811 

290,060 
290,060 

444,950 
444,950 
735,010 

113 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

11  

Investments held as fixed assets 

The Group consists of the following subsidiary undertakings: 

Name 

Incorporated 

Registered office address 

Serabi Mineração SA 

Brazil  Rodovia Transgarimpeira, km 

Kenai Resources Ltd 

British Columbia, 
Canada 

22,  
Bairro Jardim do Ouro – 
Itaituba/PA CEP 68181-000 
Brazil 

Royal Centre, P.O Box 11125, 
Suite 1750-1055 
W Georgia Street, 
Vancouver, Canada 

Gold Aura do Brasil 
Mineração Ltda 

Brazil  Rodovia Transgarimpeira, KM 

54 
Comunidade São Chico – 
Itaituba/PA CEP 68181-000 
Brazil 

Serabi Mining Ltd 

British Virgin 
Islands 

Craigmuir Chambers,  
Road Town, Tortola,  
British Virgin Islands 

Chapleau Resources Ltd 

British Colombia, 
Canada 

Royal Centre, P.O Box 11125, 
Suite 1750-1055 
W Georgia Street, 
Vancouver, Canada 

Chapleau Resources 
(USA) Inc 

Chapleau Exploração 
Mineral Ltda 

Alaska, 
USA 

1029 West 3rd Avenue 
Suite 400 
Anchorage,  
Alaska USA 

Brazil  Avenida Jornalista Ricardo 

Marinho no 360, loja 113 
Barra da Tijuca 
Rio de Janeiro 
RJ Brazil CEP 22.361-350 

Serabi Gold Nominee 
Limited 

England  66 Lincoln’s Inn Fields 

London WC2A 3LH 
England 

114 

Activity 

% 
holding 

Gold mining and 
exploration 

100%(1) 

Investment 

100% 

Gold mining and 
exploration 

99.9%(1) 

Investment 

100% 

Investment 

100% 

Gold exploration 

100%(1) 

Gold mining and 
exploration 

100%(1) 

Dormant 

100% 

(1)   indirectly held. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

Cost at start of period 
Investment in subsidiary during period 
Cost at end of period 

Impairment provision at start of period 
Reallocation of impairment provision in period 

Impairment provision at end of period 

Net book value at end of period 

Company 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 
112,408,765 
327,119 
112,735,884 

(9,784,922) 

(9,784,922) 

102,950,962 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 
111,617,713 
791,052 
112,408,765 

(9,784,922) 
- 
(9,784,922) 

102,623,843 

The  value  of  these  investments  is  dependent  on  the  development  of  the  Group’s  mineral  deposits  in  Brazil.    The  Company 
established an initial impairment provision against the carrying value of its investments in subsidiary entities in 2008.  Subsequent 
to that date the Company has made further acquisitions and invested new capital into certain of its subsidiaries.  At the end of 
2022 the Company has made an assessment as to whether any indicators exist that could give rise to a potential impairment of or 
restriction on the future recoverability  of the value of the investments that  it holds in subsidiary entities and in particular the 
investments made since 2008.  The Board has determined that based on its assessment, it is not aware of any indicators of further 
impairment. 

In determining the recoverability of the carrying value of these assets, management has considered the cash flow projections set 
out in Note 9 above and the value attributed to exploration assets that are not currently considered in the Group’s current life of 
mine operating plans.   Following this analysis management considers that there has been no indicator of impairments. 

12 

Inventories 

Consumables 
Stockpile of mined ore 
Other material in process 
Finished goods awaiting sale 

13 

Trade and other receivables 

Current 
Trade receivables 
Other receivables 
Trade and other receivables 
Non-current 
Taxes receivable 
Amounts owed by subsidiaries 
Gross receivable 

Group 

31 December 

31 December 

2022 
US$ 
4,015,338 
812,794 
2,703,297 
1,174,922 
8,706,351 

2021 
US$ 
3,692,452 
266,214 
1,094,405 
1,920,136 
6,973,207 

Group 

Company 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 

2,261,376 
46,082 
2,307,458 

2,071,216 
– 
2,071,216 

5,233,975 
10,866 
5,244,841 

– 
18,177,758 
18,177,758 

2,261,376 
12,738 
2,274,114 

– 
18,176,606 
18,176,606 

5,233,976 
57,948 
5,291,924 

4,974,687 

4,974,687 

115 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

Impairment provision  
Net value of non-current other 
receivables 

(1,528,655) 

(1,466,091) 

(8,391,722) 

(8,391,722) 

3,446,032 

605,125 

9,786,036 

9,784,884 

The trade receivables owed to the Group at the balance sheet date are recoverable from parties with which the Group has had 
long standing relationships and at the balance sheet date none of the amounts owed to the Group were overdue.  The Group has 
not made any provision for any expected credit losses in respect of these trade receivables. 

The Group, in common with all businesses in Brazil, is subject to a number of State and Federal taxes on goods that it purchases.  
As an exporter of goods, it is exempt from any sales taxes on its products.  As a result, it is due tax rebates by both Federal and 
State  tax bodies.  In general, the Company is able to  utilise  its  tax debts by way  of offset against other taxes that it owes.  The 
Group has however determined, based on the actions of the State tax authorities and the expected future operational expenditures 
over the next 12 months, that certain State taxes that it is able to recover and is owed at 31 December 2022, are not expected to be 
recovered  through  such  an  offset  arrangement  during  the  next  12 months  and  has  therefore  categorised  the  balance  owed  in 
respect of these State taxes as being due in more than 12 months.  The Group has received legal advice confirming that these taxes 
owed to the Group by the State of Para are fully recoverable.  

At 31 December 2022, Serabi Gold plc has two loans outstanding to subsidiaries that are not fully impaired. 

These  loans are  owed by Chapleau  Exploração  Mineral  Ltda. (“CEML”) and Kenai  Resources  (“Kenai”). Both advances  were 
made on an interest free loan basis and at the time of the initial and each subsequent advance the Company has determined that 
there was no significant credit risk attaching to each of the loan advances being made. 

In determining the credit risk attached to the CEML loan, management has considered different scenarios through which the loan 
will be recovered.  

a)  Scenario 1 –  the loan is repaid within the next five years from the successful start up of the Coringa project.  
b)  Scenario 2 – the loan is repaid in less than 12 months from the sale of equipment and machinery. 

The loan to Kenai is for a total amount of US$6,515.  The credit risk is considered to be immaterial.  

14 

Prepayments and prepaid taxes 

Recoverable State and Federal taxes 
Supplier down payments 
Other prepayments and employee advances 
Prepayments 

15 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Group 
31 December 
2022 
US$ 
486,889 
216,941 
868,319 
1,572,149 

Company 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 
1,180,388 
827,195 
309,086 
2,316,669 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 
– 
– 
163,737 
163,737 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 
– 
– 
146,922 
146,922 

Group 

Company 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 
7,196,313 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 
12,217,751 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 
4,156,908 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 
8,586,734 

Funds are primarily held with HSBC Bank plc, Investec Bank plc, BMO in Canada and  Bradesco Bank, ITAU SA, and Santander 
Bank in Brazil.  All of the banking institutions have a AAA credit rating. 

116 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

16 

Trade and other payables 

Current 
Trade payables 
Other payables 
Employee benefits 
Other taxes and social security 
Amounts due to subsidiaries 
Due in less than one year 
Non-current 
(Between one and five years) 
Long term tax payable 
Other taxes and social security 
Due in more than one year 

Group 

Company 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 

2,701,805 
1,106,393 
561,702 
1,460,972 
– 
5,830,872 

3,321,255 
479,631 
3,800,886 

3,196,978 
951,893 
600,195 
875,445 
– 
5,624,511 

– 
427,663 
427,663 

308,899 
– 
38,318 

30,425,854 
30,773,071 

525,191 
– 
45,596 
– 
29,265,880 
29,836,667 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

17 

Non-current provisions 

Environmental rehabilitation provision 

Opening balance 
Provided for in year 

as a result of additions on initial recognition 
as a result of changes in estimates 
as a result of variations in discount 
as a result of exchange variations 

Total provided for in year 
Total non-current provisions 

Group 

Company 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 
2,581,431 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 
1,467,032 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 
– 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 
– 

– 
(792,737) 
(407,485) 
(191,034) 
(1,391,256) 
1,190,175 

390,043 
1,305,373 
(417,399) 
(163,618) 
1,114,399 
2,581,431 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

The  environmental  rehabilitation  provision  has  been  established  to  cover  any  asset  decommissioning  and  rehabilitation 
obligations for the Palito, São Chico and Coringa Mines. Such obligations include the dismantling of infrastructure, removal of 
residual materials and remediation of disturbed areas. The provision does not allow for any additional obligations expected from 
future  developments.    The  timing  and  scope  of  the  rehabilitation  is  uncertain  and  is  dependent  on  mine  life  and  quantities 
extracted from the mine. 

Cost estimates are formally reviewed at regular intervals and the provisions are adjusted accordingly. 

In  calculating  the  rehabilitation  provision,  management  consider  the  anticipated  date  of  closure  based  on  the  latest  available 
estimations of mineral resources.  In addition, the future costs involved in dismantling, earthmoving, on-going monitoring, site 
clearance and revegetation are based on quotations or management’s best estimates, based on historic costs or estimates.  

Costs have inflated using an inflation rate of 6 per cent being the current costs inflation in Brazil and discounted to provide a fair 
value using a discount rate of 12.29 per cent being the Brazilian Government Bond Rate at the time of calculation. 

117 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

18 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Current 
Short term loan 
Obligations under right of use leases 
Due in less than one year 
Non-current 
(Between one and five years) 
Obligations under right of use leases 
Due in more than one year 

Group 

Company 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 

31 December  31 December 
2021 
US$ 

2022 
US$ 

5,001,608 
1,109,518 
6,111,126 

– 
290,060 
290,060 

837,293 
837,293 

444,950 
444,950 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

Each right of use lease is secured against the underlying assets that are the subject of that lease. 

Short term loan 

Group 

Company 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 

– 
4,917,775 
211,793 
(127,960) 
5,001,608 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

31 
December 
2021 
US$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Short term loan 
Balance of short term loan at the start of the period 
Drawdown of short term loan 
Accrued Interest 
Impact of exchange rate 
Value of short term loan at the end of the period 

Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net funds 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash 
equivalents 
Change in net funds resulting from cash flows 
Translation movements 
Movement in net funds in the period 
Opening net funds 
Movement in interest bearing loans and 
borrowings 
Drawdown of loan 
Loan repayment 
Loan and interest repayments 
Movement in lease liabilities 
Non cash movement 
Cash movement 
Closing Net Funds 

Group 

Company 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 

(5,116,406) 

5,820,810 

(4,294,581) 

4,892,958 

5,820,810 
(206,679) 
5,614,131 
(2,473,613) 

(4,294,581) 
(135,245) 
(4,429,826) 
8,586,734 

4,892,958 
(120,181) 
4,710,942 
(4,710,942) 

– 
7,500,000 
1,024,899 

173,160 
(355,836) 
11,482,741 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
4,156,908 

– 
7,500,000 
1,024,899 

– 
– 
8,586,734 

(5,116,406) 
94,968 
(5,021,438) 
11,482,741 

(5,001,608) 
– 
– 

(184,650) 
(1,027,151) 
247,894 

118 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

Analysis of net funds: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Interest-bearing liabilities - Current 
Interest-bearing liabilities – Long term 
Closing net (debt)/funds 

19 

Derivatives 

Group 

Company 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 

7,196,313 
(6,111,126) 
(837,293) 
247,894 

12,217,751 
(290,060) 
(444,950) 
11,482,741 

4,156,908 
– 
– 
4,156,908 

8,586,734 
– 
– 
8,586,734 

Group 

Company 

31 December 
2022 

31 December 
2021 

31 December 
2022 

31 December 
2021 

Derivative liability related to warrants in issue 

US$ 

US$ 

US$ 

US$ 

Fair value at start of period 
Subscription receipts at date of issue 
Fair value adjustment on initial recognition 
Initial fair value of financial liability 
Decrease in fair value at end of period 
Fair value at end of period 

165,495 
– 
– 
165,495 
(165,495) 
– 

– 
333,936 
337,087 
671,023 
(505,528) 
165,495 

165,495 
– 
– 
165,495 
(165,495) 
– 

– 
333,936 
337,087 
671,023 
(505,528) 
165,495 

Fair value is determined using a Black-Scholes model and by reference to quoted mid-market prices at each balance sheet date for 
the ordinary shares. The fair value of the derivative has been measured using level 1 and level 2 inputs. 

The conversion rights embedded in the warrant notes represent a derivative as the Group’s functional currency is United States 
Dollars  but  the  conversion  price  is  denominated  in  Pounds  Sterling.  Therefore,  the  amount  to  be  released  in  US  Dollars  on 
conversion is variable dependent upon the exchange rate between the US Dollar and GB Pound. 

20 

Analysis of changes in liabilities arising from financial activities 

At 1 January 2022 
Cash flows  
Non-cash flows 
-  New lease arrangements 
- 
- 
At 31 December 2022 

Transfers  
Exchange rate movements 

Convertible 
loan 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Current 
obligations 
under right of 
use assets 
290,060 
(1,691,259) 
– 
1,940,476 
564,283 
5,958 
1,109,518 

Non-current 
obligations 
under right of 
use assets 
444,950 
– 
– 
925,683 
(564,283) 
30,943 
837,293 

Total 

735,010 
(1,691,259) 

2,866,159 
– 
36,901 
1,946,811 

During 2022, the Group incurred no interest expense on the convertible loan (2021: US$47,512). 

119 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

21 

Share capital 

Each of the ordinary shares carries equal rights and entitles the holder to voting and dividend rights and rights to participate in 
the profits of the Company and in  the event of a return of capital equal  rights to participate in any sum being returned to the 
holders of the ordinary shares.  There is no restriction, imposed by the Company, on the ability of the holder of any ordinary share 
to transfer the ownership or any of the benefits of ownership to any other party. 

Allotted, called up and fully paid 
Ordinary shares in issue at start of period 
Shares issued in period  
Ordinary shares in issue at end of period 

Warrants 

2022 

Number 

$ 

Number 

$ 

2021 

75,734,551 
– 
75,734,551 

11,213,618 
– 
11,213,618 

59,084,551 
16,650,000 
75,734,551 

8,905,116 
2,308.502 
11,213,618 

As at 31 December 2022, there were 4,003,527 warrants in issue.  Each warrant entitles the holder to acquire one new ordinary 
share at an exercise price of 93.75 pence per shares,  The exercise period for the warrants expires on 23 May 2023. 

Options to subscribe for ordinary shares 

In  2011  the  Company  established  a  share  option  scheme  (the  “Serabi  2011  Share  Option  Plan”)  the  terms  of  which  were  re-
approved  by  shareholders  at  the  Annual  General  Meeting  of  the  Company  held  on  15  June  2017.    With  the  exception  of 
replacement options issued by the Company pursuant to the acquisition of Kenai Resources Ltd in July 2013, all of which have 
now expired, all options granted by the Company since that time  have been  issued under  the Serabi 2011  Share Option Plan.  
Certain options granted pursuant to other plans operated by the Company prior  to the establishment of the Serabi 2011 Share 
Option Plan remain in issue as at 31 December 2022. 

Details of  the number of share options and the  weighted average exercise price (“WAEP”) outstanding under the Serabi 2011 
Share Option Plan are as follows: 

Outstanding at the beginning of the period 
Expired during the period  
Outstanding at the end of the period 
Exercisable at end of the period 

31 December 
2022 
Number 
1,750,000 
–  
1,750,000 
1,750,000 

31 December 
2022 
WAEP UK£ 
0.85 
–  
0.85 
0.85 

31 December 
2021 
Number 
3,711,750 
(1,961,750) 
1,750,000 
1,166,670 

31 December 
2021 
WAEP UK£ 
0.974 
1.085 
0.85 
0.85 

Options granted have no market performance criteria and  have been valued using  the Black-Scholes model.  The fair value of 
options is charged to the profit and loss account or capitalised as an intangible asset as appropriate over the vesting period.  The 
assumptions inherent in the use of these models are as follows: 

Grant 
date 
27/05/20 

Vesting 
period 
(years) 
2 

First 
vesting 
date 
27/05/20 

Expected 
life 
(years) 
3 

Risk 
free 
rate 
0.75%  UK£0.85 

Exercise 
price 

Volatility 
of share 
price 
50% 

Fair 
value 
UK£0.239 

Options 
vested 
1,750,000 

Options 
granted 
1,750,000 

Expiry 
26/05/23 

During the year a charge of US$81,805 (2021: US$270,631) has been recorded in the financial statements in respect of these options. 

Conditional Share Awards 

On  16  June  2020,  shareholders  approved  the  adoption  of  the  Serabi  2020  Restricted  Share  Plan  (the  “2020  Plan”)  which  was 
subsequently adopted by the Board on 10 November 2020. Details of the 2020 Plan were set out in the Notice of Annual General 
Meeting dated 15 May 2020, which is available from the Company’s website.  The 2020 Plan as a Long-term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) 

120 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

replaces the Serabi 2011 Share Option Plan.  No further awards are being made by the Company under the Serabi 2011 Share 
Option Plan. 

On  7  December  2021  the  Board  of  Directors  agreed  to  award  in  aggregate  864,500  Conditional  Share  Awards  to  employees 
(including directors) of the Company. The awards were part of the Company's normal annual compensation review. While the 
intention of the Board is that awards under the 2020 Plan should be made annually, as a result of the exceptional circumstances 
in 2020, no awards under the 2020 Plan were made during 2020 following its approval by shareholders.  The Board is therefore 
combining in the award made on 7 December 2021, the annual awards for 2020 and the annual awards for 2021. 

The awards are subject to a three-year performance period during which time certain performance criteria stipulated by the Board 
must be attained. Vesting only occurs at the end of the performance period. The performance criteria and minimum thresholds to 
be achieved can be summarised as follows: 

 

 

 

40% of the award is subject to Total Shareholder Return, (where TSR must be 1.2 times or more the BMO Junior 
Gold Index) 
30% of  the  award  is subject  to Return on Capital Employed (where ROCE premium over Weighted Average 
Cost of Capital must be 1.2 times or more), and 
30% of the award is subject to Return on Sales (where ROS must exceed average annual budget by 10 per cent 
or more) 

The number of Conditional Shares awarded was calculated by reference to the 20 day VWAP average of the Company's shares 
on the date of grant. The underlying shares to be issued pursuant to each of the Conditional Share Awards will only be issued at 
the time of vesting and only in such amount (if any) as is required based on the achievement of the performance criteria. 

During the year a charge of US$167,405 (2021: US$Nil) has been recorded in the financial statements in respect of these conditional 
share awards. 

22 

Capital management 

The  Group has historically sourced  equity capital through share issues on the London  Stock Exchange and the  Toronto Stock 
Exchange and the Board has managed the capital structure of the Group and aligned this with the risk profiles of its underlying 
assets.  

The Group’s objectives, when managing its capital are to maintain financial flexibility to achieve its development plans, safeguard 
its ability to continue to operate as a going concern through management of its costs whilst optimising its access to capital markets 
by endeavouring to deliver increases in value of the Group for the benefit of shareholders. In establishing its capital requirements, 
the Group will take account of the risks inherent in its plans and proposed activities and prevailing market conditions. 

The Group anticipates that it will seek to raise further finance within the next 12 month period to fund the longer term continued 
development of Coringa  including a gold processing facility,  and repay  the Group’s debt, which comprises a 12 month, US$5 
million bank loan maturing in May 2023, and a further 12 month, US$5 million bank loan maturing in February 2024.  This funding 
may  be  generated from  a  variety  of sources which  could  include  a combination of  bank  debt,  royalty,  streaming of  gold  and 
copper revenues, new equity capital and cash flow from the current operations.  The Group has been successful in raising funding 
as  and  when  required  in  the  past  and  the  Directors  consider  that  the Group  continues  to  have  strong  support  from its major 
shareholders who been supportive of and provided additional funding when required on previous occasions.  The Group will 
judge the optimum timing for securing any future funding but will try and take advantage of periodic upturns in market sentiment 
to obtain the optimum conditions available at the time. 

The Company’s shares are listed on both AIM and the TSX which management considers increases the potential of the Group to 
raise finance through further issues of shares in the future. 

121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

23 

Commitments and contingencies 

Capital commitments 

The  Group  holds  certain  exploration  prospects  which  require  the  Group  to  make  certain  payments  under  rental  or  purchase 
arrangements allowing the Group to retain the right to access and undertake exploration on these properties. Failure to meet these 
obligations could result in forfeiture of any affected prospects.  

Management estimates that the cost over the next 12 months of fulfilling the current contracted commitments on these exploration 
properties in which the Group has an interest is US$0.02 million (2021: US$0.04 million). 

Capital Purchases 

At 31 December 2022 the Group had not placed orders for or made initial down payments for mining machinery to be acquired 
under supplier finance arrangements.  The Group has placed an order for an ore-sorter for use at its Coringa operation.  It has 
paid a reservation fee of Euros 20,000 as an advance  against the total purchase price of Euros 672,000.  In the event that the Group 
does not proceed with the acquisition the reservation fee is not refundable  

Lease commitments 

The Group has elected not to recognise right of use assets and lease liabilities for leases of low-value assets and short-term leases.  
The Group recognises the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 
The Group has commitments under non-cancellable leases in respect of office premises and equipment as follows: 

Commitments falling due: 

Within one year  
Between one year and five years 

Total 

Contingencies 

Group 

Company 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 

– 
– 
– 

63,202 
1,634 
64,836 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

Employment legislation in Brazil allows former employees to bring claims against an employer at any time for a period of two 
years from the date of cessation of employment and regardless of whether the employee left the company voluntarily or had their 
contract terminated by the company. The Group considers that it operates in compliance with the law at all times but is aware 
that historically claims have been made against all companies in Brazil on a regular basis. Whilst not accepting legal liability the 
Group makes provision or accrues for all known claims although further claims may arise at any time. 

The Company has taken legal action against a former employee for the recovery of funds that the Company considers had been 
misappropriated during the period January 2015 to March 2021.  The former employee has submitted his defence to the claims 
made by the Company and submitted counterclaim against the Company for wrongful dismissal for a value of approximately 
BRL11.0 million (approximately US$2.2 million).  The Company’s lawyers consider that the prospect of the counterclaim being 
granted against the Company as being very remote. 

24 

Related party transactions 

Transactions with intergroup entities 

During the period the Company made one loan to a subsidiary of US$1,151 (2021: US$1,566). There were no loans converted into 
new shares issued by subsidiaries during 2022 (2021: US$Nil). The balance of these loans at 31 December 2022 was US$9.79 million 
(2021: US$9.78 million). 

The Company has loans receivable from subsidiaries totalling US$18,177,758 (2021: US$18,176,606) before any provision for the 
impairment of these loans (see note 13).   

122 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

The  Company  has  purchased,  during  the  year  from  its  subsidiary  SMSA,  1,340  tonnes  of  copper/gold  concentrate  for  a 
consideration of US$25,058,005 (2021: 1,340 tonnes; US$22,776,700).  At the end of the period the Company owed US$30,425,854 
to its subsidiary SMSA (2021: US$29,265,880). 

Key management remuneration 

Key management comprises the Executive Directors, Non-executive Directors, the former COO and the former Country Manager 
only. Their compensation is: 

Short-term employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Share-based payments 
Total 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2022 
US$ 
832,126 
9,752 
60,695 
902,573 

For the 
year ended 
31 December 
2021 
US$ 
1,046,297 
11,004 
193,889 
1,251,191 

Further  details  regarding  the  remuneration  of  the  Executive  Directors  and  the  Non-executive  Directors  is  set  out  in  the 
Remuneration Report and in note 6. 

25 

Financial risk management 

The Group is exposed to risks that arise from its use of financial instruments. This note describes the Group's objectives, policies 
and processes for managing those risks and the methods used to measure them. Further quantitative information in respect of 
these risks is presented throughout these financial statements. 

There  have  been  no  substantive  changes  in  the  Group's  exposure  to  financial  instrument  risk  nor  its  objectives,  policies  and 
processes for managing those risks or the method used to measure them from the previous period unless otherwise stated in this 
note. 

Principal financial instruments  

The principal financial instruments used by the Group up during the year to 31 December 2022 from which financial instrument 
risk arose or may arise in the future are as follows: 

Trade and other receivables  

 
  Cash and cash equivalents 
 
Trade and other payables  
  Convertible loan notes 
 
Loans and borrowings  
 
Leases and asset loans  
  Derivative 

123 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

The principal financial instruments by category are as follows:  

Group financial assets 

Fair value through profit or 
loss 

Amortised cost 

2022 
US$ 

– 

5,291,924 

5,291,924 

2021 
US$ 

2022 
US$ 

2021 
US$ 

– 

7,196,313 

12,217,751 

2,307,458 

2,307,458 

7,196,313 

12,217,751 

– 

Fair value through profit or 
loss 

Amortised cost 

2022 
US$ 

– 
– 
– 

2021 
US$ 

– 
– 
165,495 
165,495 

2022 
US$ 
6,310,503 
6,948,419 
– 
13,258,922 

2021 
US$ 
6,052,174 
735,010 
– 
6,787,184 

Fair value through profit or 
loss 

Amortised cost 

2022 
US$ 

5,244,841 
5,244,841 

2021 
US$ 

– 
2,274,114 
2,274,114 

2022 
US$ 
4,156,908 
– 
4,156,908 

2021 
US$ 
8,586,734 
– 
8,586,734 

Fair value through profit or 
loss 

2022 
US$ 

2021 
US$ 

– 
– 

– 
– 

Amortised cost 

2022 
US$ 
30,773,071 
30,773,071 

2021 
US$ 
29,836,667 
29,836,667 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Total financial assets 

Group financial liabilities 

Trade and other payables 
Other loans and borrowings 
Derivatives 
Total financial liabilities 

Company financial assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Total financial assets 

Company financial liabilities 

Trade and other payables 
Total financial liabilities 

General objectives, policies and processes  

The  Board has overall responsibility for the determination of  the Group's risk  management objectives and policies  and, whilst 
retaining ultimate responsibility for them, it has delegated the authority for designing and operating processes that ensure the 
effective implementation of the objectives and policies to the Group's finance function. 

The Board receives regular information from the Group's management through which it reviews the effectiveness of the processes 
put in place and the appropriateness of the objectives and policies it sets. The overall objective of the Board is to set policies that 
seek to reduce risk as far as possible without unduly affecting the Group’s competitiveness and flexibility. 

124 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

The Group is exposed to commodity price volatility, interest rate risks, credit risks, liquidity risks and currency risks arising from 
the financial instruments it holds. 

The  main  financial  risks  arising  from  the  Group’s  activities  remain  unchanged  from  the  previous  financial  year,  namely, 
commodity prices, currency, liquidity, credit and interest rates. The Board reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these 
risks and these are summarised below: 

Commodity price risk   

By the nature of its activities the Group and the Company are exposed to fluctuations in commodity prices and, in particular, the 
price of  gold and copper as these could affect its ability to raise further finance in  the  future, its future revenue levels and  the 
viability of  its  projects.    The  Group  has  not,  to  date,  entered  into  any  long-term arrangements  designed  to  protect itself from 
changes in the prices of these commodities. The Group does, however, closely monitor the prices of these commodities and the 
Board does regularly review the Group’s strategy towards hedging and the nature and cost of the hedging products available to 
the Company. 

Trade receivables are subject to future variation in commodity prices and accordingly the results for the period and the equity 
position of the Group may be affected by any change in commodity prices subsequent to the end of the period. Any subsequent 
adjustment is recognised at FVTPL. 

Whilst not representing a financial instrument all inventory as at 31 December 2022 which is unsold, is subject to future variation 
in  commodity  prices  and  accordingly  the  results for  the  period and  the  equity position  of  the Group may  be  affected  by  any 
change in commodity prices subsequent to the end of the period.  

Interest rate risk   

The Group and the Company have taken out fixed rate finance leases for the acquisition of some equipment and have previously 
utilised floating rate short-term trade finance in respect of sales of copper/gold concentrate production. 

On 17 May 2022, the Group completed a US$5.1 million unsecured loan arrangement with a Brazilian bank.  The loan is repayable 
as a bullet payment  on 12 May 2023 and carries a fixed interest coupon of 6.6 per cent. On 28 February 2023, the Group completed 
a further US$5.0 million unsecured loan arrangement with a different Brazilian bank which carries a fixed interest coupon of 7.96 
per cent. This loan is repayable on 22 February 2024. 

As a result, neither the Group nor the Company had any material exposure to market rate movements.  

125 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

Group 

Weighted 
average 
effective 
interest 
rate 
% 

– 
– 
– 

– 
6.66% 
– 

Weighted 
average 
effective 
interest 
rate 
% 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

Weighted 
average 
effective 
interest 
rate 
% 

Non-interest-
bearing 
US$ 

– 
5,291,924 
5,291,924 

6,772,360 
– 
– 

Fixed interest maturity 

One year or 
less 
US$ 

Over one to 
five years 
US$ 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

Floating 
US$ 

7,196,313 
– 
7,196,313 

– 
– 
– 

– 
6,111,126 
6,111,126 

– 
837,293 
837,293 

Total 
US$ 

7,196,313 
5,291,924 
12,488,237 

6,772,360 
6,948,419 
13,720,779 

Non-interest-
bearing 
US$ 

– 
2,307,458 
2,307,458 

6,449,574 
165,495 
– 
6,615,069 

Floating 
US$ 

12,217,751 
– 
12,217,751 

– 
– 
– 
– 

Fixed interest maturity 

One year or 
less 
US$ 

Over one to 
five years 
US$ 

Total 
US$ 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
290,060 
290,060 

– 
– 
– 

12,217,751 
2,307,458 
14,525,209 

– 
– 
444,950 
444,950 

6,449,574 
165,495 
735,010 
7,350,079 

Non-interest-
bearing 
US$ 

– 
15,194,615 
15,194,615 

31,004,349 
– 
31,004,349 

Floating 
US$ 

4,156,908 
– 
4,156,908 

– 
– 
– 

Fixed interest maturity 

One year or 
less 
US$ 

Over one to 
five years 
US$ 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

Total 
US$ 

4,156,908 
15,039,806 
19,196,714 

31,004,349 
– 
31,004,349 

2022 
Financial assets 
Cash  
Receivables 
Total 
Financial liabilities 
Payables  
Interest-bearing liabilities 
Total 

2021 
Financial assets 
Cash  
Receivables 
Total 
Financial liabilities 
Payables  
Derivatives 
Interest-bearing liabilities 
Total 

Company 

2022 
Financial assets 
Cash  
Receivables 
Total 
Financial liabilities 
Payables  
Derivatives 
Total 

126 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

Weighted 
average 
effective 
interest 
rate 
% 

Non-interest-
bearing 
US$ 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
12,205,920 
12,205,920 

30,074,073 
165,495 
30,239,568 

Fixed interest maturity 

One year or 
less 
US$ 

Over one to 
five years 
US$ 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

Floating 
US$ 

8,586,734 
– 
8,586,734 

– 
– 
– 

Total 
US$ 

8,586,734 
12,205,920 
20,792,654 

30,074,073 
165,495 
30,239,568 

2021 
Financial assets 
Cash  
Receivables 
Total 
Financial liabilities 
Payables  
Derivatives 
Total 

Liquidity risk   

Historically the Group has relied primarily on funding raised from the issue of new shares to shareholders but has also received 
short-term loans from its shareholders and other recognised lenders and during 2020 issued convertible loan notes to one of its 
shareholders.  It also uses floating rate short-term trade finance and fixed rate finance leases to finance its activities.    

On 17 May 2022, the Group completed a US$5.1 million unsecured loan arrangement with a Brazilian bank.  The loan is repayable 
as a bullet payment  on 12 May 2023 and carries an interest coupon of 6.6 per cent. On 28 February 2023, the Group completed a 
further US$5.0 million unsecured loan arrangement with a different Brazilian bank which carries a fixed interest coupon of 7.96 
per cent.  This loan is repayable on 27 February 2024. 

In addition to the above, the Group had obligations under fixed rate right of use asset leases amounting to US$1.95 million (2021: 
US$0.74 million) (see note 18). 

The following table sets out the maturity profile of the financial liabilities as at 31 December 2022: 

Due in less than one month 

Trade payables and accruals 
Interest-bearing liabilities 
Total due in less than one month 
Due in less than three months 

Trade payables and accruals 
Interest-bearing liabilities 

Total due in less than three months 
Due between three months and one year 

Trade payables and accruals 
Interest-bearing liabilities 

Total due between three months and one year 

Total due within one year 
Due more than one year 

Trade payables and accruals 
Interest-bearing liabilities 
Total due more than one year 
Total 

2021 
US$ 

509,571 
24,172 
533,743 

1,995,179 
48,343 
2,043,522 

3,517,161 
217,545 
3,734,706 

6,311,971 

427,663 
444,950 
872,613 
7,184,584 

Company 

2022 
US$ 

3,123,563 
– 
3,123,563 

8,378,113 
– 
8,378,113 

19,502,674 
– 
19,502,674 

31,004,349 

– 
– 
– 
31,004,349 

2021 
US$ 

2,434,415 
– 
2,434,415 

8,723,855 
– 
8,723,855 

18,915,803 
– 
18,915,803 

30,074,073 

– 
– 
– 
30,074,073 

Group 

2022 
US$ 

652,366 
92,460 
744,826 

2,027,529 
5,186,528 
7,214,057 

3,612,834 
832,139 
4,444,973 

12,403,855 

479,631 
837,293 
1,316,924 
13,720,779 

127 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

Currency risk 

Although the Company is incorporated in the United Kingdom, its financial statements and those of the Group are presented in 
US Dollars which is also considered to be the functional currency of the Company as funding of activities of its subsidiaries is 
generally made in US Dollars, all sales for the Group are denominated in US Dollars and future remittances of dividends, loans 
or repayment of capital from the subsidiaries are expected to be received in US Dollars. 

Share issues have historically been priced solely in Sterling but an issue of special warrants undertaken in December 2010 and an 
issue of new ordinary shares and warrants on 30 March 2011, were priced in Canadian Dollars. The Company expects that future 
issues of ordinary shares may be priced in Sterling or Canadian Dollars. Expenditure is primarily in Brazilian Real and also in US 
Dollars, Sterling, Euros and Australian Dollars. 

The  functional  currency  of  the Company’s  operations  is  US  Dollars, which  is  also  the  reporting currency for  the  Group.  The 
Group’s cash holdings at the balance sheet date were held in the following currencies: 

US Dollar 
Canadian Dollar 
Sterling 
Australian Dollar 
Euro 
Brazilian Real 
Total 

Group 

31 December 
2022 
US$ 
3,777,903 
68,137 
253,751 
17,583 
202,581 
2,876,358 
7,196,313 

31 December 
2021 
US$ 
7,050,890 
68,748 
1,359,004 
4,487 
106,017 
3,628,605 
12,217,751 

The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on monetary assets and liabilities, including cash held in currencies other than the 
functional currency of operations. 

The Group seeks to manage its exposure to this risk by ensuring that the majority of expenditure and cash holdings of individual 
subsidiaries  within  the  Group  are  denominated  in  the same  currency as  the functional currency  of  that  subsidiary. Income  is 
generated in US Dollars. However, this exposure to currency risk is managed where the income is generated by subsidiary entities 
whose functional currency is not US Dollars, by either being settled within the Group or by ensuring settlement in the same month 
that the sale is transacted where settlement is with a third party.  The following table shows a currency analysis of net monetary 
assets and liabilities by functional currency of the underlying companies: 

Currency of net monetary 
asset/(liability) 
US Dollar 

Canadian Dollar 

Sterling 

Australian Dollar 

Euro 

Brazilian Real 

Total 

Brazilian Real 
31 December 2022 
US$ 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(1,572,303) 

(1,040,501) 

(2,612,804) 

Functional currency 
Canadian $ 
31 December 2022 
US$ 
9,787 

United States $ 
31 December 2022 
US$ 
9,106,941 

TOTAL 
31 December 2022 
US$ 
9,116,728 

2,642 
– 
– 
– 
– 
12,429 

68,137 

(320,212) 

17,583 

39,534 
– 
8,911,983 

70,779 

(320,212) 

17,583 

(1,532,769) 

(1,040,501) 

6,311,608 

The above indicates that the Group’s and the Company’s primary exposure is to exchange rate movements between UK Pounds 
Sterling and the US Dollar and the Euro and the Brazilian Real.  

The  table  below  shows  the  impact  of  changes  in  exchange  rates  on  the  results  and  financial  position  of  the  Group  and  the 
Company. 

128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

10% weakening of Brazilian Real 
10% strengthening of Brazilian Real 

10% weakening of US Dollar 
10% strengthening of US Dollar 

10% weakening of Brazilian Real 
10% strengthening of Brazilian Real 

Against US Dollar 
US$ 
(3,176) 
3,833 

Against Sterling 
US$ 
20,345 
(24,026) 

Against Euro 
US$ 
(157,230) 
157,230 

The  Group’s  main  subsidiaries  operate  in  Brazil with  their  expenditure  being principally  in  Brazilian  Real and  their financial 
statements are maintained in that currency. The Group’s policy for dealing with exchange differences is outlined in the statement 
of Significant Accounting Policies under the heading “Foreign currencies”. 

The Group does not presently utilise swaps or forward contracts to manage its currency exposures, although such facilities are 
considered and may be used where appropriate in the future. 

The Group seeks to minimise its exposure to currency risk by closely monitoring exchange rates and holding surplus funds in 
currencies considered most appropriate to their expected future utilisation. 

Credit risk  

The  Group’s  exposure  to  credit  risk  is  limited  to  its  cash  and  cash  equivalents and  trade  and other receivables  amounting  to 
US$15,934,269  (2021:  US$15,130,334).  It  is  the Group’s policy  to only deposit  surplus  cash with financial  institutions  that  hold 
acceptable credit ratings.  

The Group currently sells all of its gold bullion to a single customer.  The Group seeks to receive full settlement by bank transfer 
on delivery of its product to the purchaser to minimise its exposure to any credit risk on that customer. 

During 2022, the Group sold all except one shipment out of a total of 13 shipments of its copper/gold concentrate production to a 
single  customer,  a  publicly  quoted  metals  refining  group.    Settlement  terms  were  in  accordance  with  industry  norms.  The 
customer has a strong reputation within the industry and has a good credit risk history.  As at the balance sheet date there were 
no amounts owed to the Group that were overdue (2021: amount overdue: US$Nil).  

The  Company’s  exposure  to  credit  risk amounted  to US$19,351,523 (2021:  US$20,792,654). Of  this  amount US$9,786,036 (2021: 
US$9,784,884) is due from subsidiary companies, US$4,156,908 represents cash holdings (2021: US$8,586,734) and  a significant 
portion of the remainder is represented by trade debtors for the sale of copper/gold concentrate. 

Since  the  inception of  its operations  the  Group  has  incurred  no  credit  losses nor  at  any  time  has  the  Group  been  required  to 
consider any impairment of any financial asset.  The Group makes its selection of its preferred customers and other credit risk 
counterparties having given appropriate consideration to their creditworthiness and reputation.  On this basis it considers that 
the credit risk associated with its cash and cash equivalents and in respect of its trade and other receivables to be low.  At no time 
has any customer or credit counterparty been in default of contractual payment terms or sought to vary such terms.  The Group 
would consider  a customer to be in default  of their obligations  in the event that they failed to make payment on the due date 
without prior notification and agreement or having sought a variation of payment terms failed to make settlement by the revised 
date. The Group would consider any other credit risk counterparty to be in default of their obligations in the event that they failed 
to make payment promptly in accordance with contractual arrangements. 

In the event that the Group considered that an event had occurred which might indicate that there was no reasonable expectation 
of recovery, the Group would recognise an impairment at that time.  At this time and given publicly available knowledge of its 

129 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2022 

counterparties and their affairs the Group does not consider that it will incur any credit losses in the next 12 month period not 
does it consider that any of its credit risk as at 31 December 2021 has been impaired subsequent to the end of the year.   

The Company is exposed to credit risk through amounts due from its subsidiary undertakings. Refer to note 1 and note 13 for 
details on the credit loss allowance made. 

26 

Ultimate controlling party 

Fratelli Investments Ltd owns 19,318,785 ordinary shares representing 25.5 per cent of the voting shares in issue and Greenstone 
Resources II LP owns 19,083,395 ordinary shares representing 25.2 per cent of the voting shares.  Both shareholders are completely 
independent and neither is therefore considered to be a controlling party.   

27 

Post balance sheet events  

On 14 February 2023, the Group entered into hedging contracts with an international bank whereby it acquired sell options over 
monthly quantities of gold over the period March 2023 to February 2024 totalling 10,215 ounces of gold at a price of US$1,800.  At 
the same time, it sold to the bank options in favour of the bank to buy the equivalent monthly quantities of gold at prices ranging 
between US$2,000 and US$2,065 per ounce.  It also acquired options to sell monthly receipts of US Dollars ranging between US$2.3 
million and US$1.15 million for Brazilian Real at an exchange rate of BRL5.10 to USD1.00.  At the same time, it sold to the bank 
options in favour of the bank to buy from the Group the equivalent Brazilian Real receipts at exchange rates ranging from 5.325 
to 5.800 over the same 12 month period.  In this way the Group has secured a minimum equivalent gold price in Brazilian Real of 
BRL9,180 per ounce in respect of 10,215 ounces and sold options in favour of the bank of future prices ranging between BRL10,650 
per ounce and BRL11,997 per ounce depending on the option expiry date.  Since January 2021 the BRL price for gold peaked at 
BRL10,342 in March 2023 and was at a low of BRL8,507 in November 2022.  The hedging arrangements are unsecured and not 
subject to margin calls. 

On 28 February  2023, the Group  completed a US$5.0 million unsecured loan arrangement with Santander Bank  in Brazil.  The 
loan is repayable as a bullet payment on 22 February 2024 and carries an interest coupon of 7.96 per cent.  The proceeds raised 
from the loan will be used for working capital and secure adequate liquidity to repay a similar arrangement which is due to be 
repaid on 12 May 2023. 

Except as set out above, there has been no item, transaction or event of a material or unusual nature likely, in the opinion of the 
Directors of the Company, to affect significantly the continuing operation of the entity, the results of these operations, or the state 
of affairs of the entity in future financial periods. 

130 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary  

“Ag”  

“AISC” 

“ANM”  

“Au”  

“assay”  

“CIM”  

means silver. 

means All-In Sustaining Cost – a non IFRS performance measurement established by the World Gold 
Council 
means the Agencia Nacional de Mineral. 

means gold. 

in economic geology, means to analyse the proportions of metal in a rock or overburden sample; to 
test an ore or mineral for composition, purity, weight or other properties of commercial interest. 
means the Canadian Institute of Mining, Metallurgy and Petroleum. 

“CIP” or “Carbon in 
Pulp” 

means a process used in gold extraction by addition of cyanide. 

“chalcopyrite” 

is a sulphide of copper and iron. 

“Cu” 

means copper.  

“cut-off grade”  

“deposit”  

“electromagnetics”  

“garimpeiro” 

the lowest grade of mineralised material that qualifies as ore in a given deposit; rock of the lowest 
assay included in an ore estimate. 
is a mineralised body which has been physically delineated by sufficient drilling, trenching, and/or 
underground work, and found to contain a sufficient average grade of metal or metals to warrant 
further exploration and/or development expenditures; such a deposit does not qualify as a 
commercially mineable orebody or as containing ore reserves, until final legal, technical, and 
economic factors have been resolved. 
is a geophysical technique tool measuring the magnetic field generated by subjecting the sub-surface 
to electrical currents. 
is a local artisanal miner. 

“geochemical”  

refers to geological information using measurements derived from chemical analysis. 

“geophysical”  

“geophysical 
techniques”  

“gold equivalent” 

“gossan”  

“grade”  

“g/t”  

refers to geological information using measurements derived from the use of magnetic and electrical 
readings. 
include the exploration of an area by exploiting differences in physical properties of different rock 
types. Geophysical methods include seismic, magnetic, gravity, induced polarisation and other 
techniques; geophysical surveys can be undertaken from the ground or from the air. 
refers to quantities of materials other than gold stated in units of gold by reference to relative product 
values at prevailing market prices. 
is an iron-bearing weathered product that overlies a sulphide deposit. 

is the concentration of mineral within the host rock typically quoted as grams per tonne (g/t), parts 
per million (ppm) or parts per billion (ppb). 
means grams per tonne. 

“hectare” or a “ha”  

is a unit of measurement equal to 10,000 square metres. 

“indicated mineral 
resource” 

“inferred mineral 
resource”  

“IP”  

is that part of a mineral resource for which quantity, grade or quality, densities, shape and physical 
characteristics can be estimated with a level of confidence sufficient to allow the appropriate 
application of technical and economic parameters, to support mine planning and evaluation of the 
economic viability of the deposit. The estimate is based on detailed and reliable exploration and 
testing information gathered through appropriate techniques from locations such as outcrops, 
trenches, pits, workings and drill holes that are spaced closely enough for geological and grade 
continuity to be reasonably assumed. 
is that part of a mineral resource for which quantity and grade or quality can be estimated on the 
basis of geological evidence and limited sampling and reasonably assumed, but not verified, 
geological and grade continuity.  The estimate is based on limited information and sampling 
gathered through appropriate techniques from locations such as outcrops, trenches, pits, workings 
and drill holes. 
refers to induced polarisation, a geophysical technique whereby an electric current is induced into 
the sub-surface and the conductivity of the sub-surface is recorded. 

131 

 
 
 
 
Glossary  

“measured mineral 
resource”  

“mineralisation”  

is that part of a mineral resource for which quantity, grade or quality, densities, shape, and physical 
characteristics are so well established that they can be estimated with confidence sufficient to allow 
the appropriate application of technical and economic parameters, to support production planning 
and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit.  The estimate is based on detailed and reliable 
exploration, sampling and testing information gathered through appropriate techniques from 
locations such as outcrops, trenches, pits, workings and drill holes that are spaced closely enough to 
confirm both geological and grade continuity. 
the concentration of metals and their chemical compounds within a body of rock. 

“mineralised”  

refers to rock which contains minerals e.g. iron, copper, gold. 

“mineral reserve”  

“mineral resource”  

“mt”  

“NI 43-101”  

“ore”  

“oxides”  

“ppm”  

is the economically mineable part of a measured or indicated mineral resource demonstrated by at 
least a preliminary feasibility study.  This study must include adequate information on mining, 
processing, metallurgical, economic and other relevant factors that demonstrate, at the time of 
reporting, that economic extraction can be justified.  A mineral reserve includes diluting materials 
and allowances for losses that may occur when the material is mined. 
is a concentration or occurrence of diamonds, natural solid inorganic material or natural fossilised 
organic material including base and precious metals, coal, and industrial minerals in or on the Earth’s 
crust in such form and quantity and of such a grade or quality that it has reasonable prospects for 
economic extraction. The location, quantity, grade, geological characteristics and continuity of a 
mineral resource are known, estimated or interpreted from specific geological evidence and 
knowledge. 
means million tonnes. 

means Canadian Securities Administrators’ National Instrument 43-101 – Standards of Disclosure for 
Mineral Projects. 
means a metal or mineral or a combination of these of sufficient value as to quality and quantity to 
enable it to be mined at a profit. 
are near surface bed-rock which has been weathered and oxidised by long-term exposure to the 
effects of water and air. 
means parts per million. 

“saprolite”  

is a weathered or decomposed clay-rich rock. 

“sulphide”  

refers to minerals consisting of a chemical combination of sulphur with a metal. 

“tailings”  

are the residual waste material that it is produced by the processing of mineralised rock. 

“tpd”  

“vein”  

“VTEM”  

means tonnes per day. 

is a generic term to describe an occurrence of mineralised rock within an area of non-mineralised 
rock. 
refers to versa time domain electromagnetic, a particular variant of time-domain electromagnetic 
geophysical survey to prospect for conductive bodies below surface. 

132 

 
 
 
 
 
  
Shareholder Information 

Company 

Serabi Gold plc 
UK Office 
The Long Barn 
Cobham Park Road 
Downside 
Surrey KT11 3NE 
Tel:  

+44 (0)20 7246 6830  

Registered Office 
66 Lincoln’s Inn Fields 
London WC2A 3LH 

Company Number  
5131528 

Board of Directors 
Michael Lynch Bell – Non-executive Chairman 
Mike Hodgson – Chief Executive 
Clive Line – Finance Director 
Luis Azevedo – Non-executive Director 
Carolina Margozzini – Non-executive Director 
Mark Sawyer – Non-executive Director 

Company Secretary  
Clive Line 

Nominated Adviser 
Beaumont Cornish Limited 
Building 3, Chiswick Park 
566 Chiswick High Road 
London W4 5YA 

Solicitors – UK 
Farrer & Co 
66 Lincoln’s Inn Fields 
London WC2A 3LH 

Travers Smith 
10 Snow Hill  
London EC1A 2AL 

Serabi Mineração S.A. 
Av. Getúlio Vargas 671 
11th Floor,  
Funcionarios,  
Belo Horizonte 
Minas Gerais 
Brazil 

contact@serabigold.com 

Email: 
Web:  www.serabigold.com 

Auditor 
PKF Littlejohn LLP 
15 Westferry Circus 
Canary Wharf 
London E14 4HD 

Legal Counsel – Canada 
Peterson McVicar LLP 
18 King Street East, Suite 902  
Toronto,  
Ontario M5C 1C4 

Joint Brokers – UK 
Peel Hunt LLP 
100 Liverpool Street, London, EC2M 2AT 

Joint Brokers – UK 
Tamesis Partners LLP 
125 Old Broad Street, London EC2N 1AR 

Registrars – UK 
Computershare Investor Services PLC 
PO Box 82, The Pavilions 
Bridgwater Road 
Bristol BS99 7NH 

Registrar & Transfer Agent – Canada 
Computershare Investor Services Inc 
100 University Avenue, 8th Floor 
Toronto   
Ontario M5J 2Y1 

133